-
1 deep
1. adjective1) (lit. or fig.) tiefbe deep in thought/prayer — in Gedanken/im Gebet versunken sein
2) (profound) tief [Grund]; gründlich [Studium, Forschung]; tiefgründig [Bemerkung]give something deep thought — über etwas (Akk.) gründlich nachdenken
he's a deep one — (coll.) er ist ein stilles Wasser (ugs.)
3) (heartfelt) tief; aufrichtig [Interesse, Dank]2. adverbstill waters run deep — (prov.) stille Wasser sind tief (Spr.)
deep down — (fig.) im Innersten
* * *[di:p] 1. adjective2) (going or being far down by a named amount: a hole six feet deep.) tief3) (occupied or involved to a great extent: He is deep in debt.) tief5) (low in pitch: His voice is very deep.) tief2. adverb(far down or into: deep into the wood.) tief- academic.ru/19067/deepen">deepen- deeply
- deepness
- deep-freeze 3. verb- deep-sea- in deep water* * *[di:p]I. adjthe pond is 2 m \deep der Teich ist 2 m tiefthe snow was 1 m \deep der Schnee lag einen Meter hoch2. (full)to let out a \deep sigh tief seufzen3. (engrossed)to be \deep in conversation/thought in ein Gespräch/in Gedanken vertieft seinto be in \deep thought tief in Gedanken versunken seinthey were standing four \deep sie standen zu viert hintereinander\deep in the forest/jungle tief im Wald/Dschungel6. (profound) coma, sadness, satisfaction, sleep tiefyou have my \deepest sympathy herzliches BeileidI felt a \deep sense of irritation ich war sehr verärgert\deep admiration/interest große Bewunderung/großes Interesseto be \deep in debt hoch verschuldet seinto be in \deep despair total verzweifelt seinto be a \deep disappointment to sb eine schwere Enttäuschung für jdn sein, jdn schwer enttäuschento have \deep feelings for sb für jdn tiefe Gefühle habena \deep economic recession ein starker Konjunkturrückgangwith \deep regret mit großem Bedauernto be in \deep trouble in großen Schwierigkeiten steckento have gained a \deeper understanding of sth jetzt ein besseres Verständnis einer S. gen haben7. book, discussion, meaning tiefquantum physics is a bit \deep for me die Quantenphysik ist für mich schwer verständlichthat was a really \deep film der Film hatte wirklich Tiefgang9. (of colour)a \deep blue sky ein tiefblauer Himmel\deep red dunkelrot10.▶ to be in/get into \deep water [over sth] [wegen einer S. gen] bis über beide Ohren in Schwierigkeiten stecken/geratenII. adv1. (far down) tiefthe sadness I feel about her death runs \deep ich bin zutiefst über ihren Tod betrübt\deep-down tief im Innersten\deep-down inside sb tief in jds Innersten2. (far back)\deep in the [distant] past vor sehr langer Zeit3.▪ the \deep die Tiefe* * *[diːp]1. adj (+er)1) water, hole, wound tiefthe pond/snow was 4 feet deep — der Teich war/der Schnee lag 4 Fuß tief
the deep end (of swimming pool) — das Tiefe
to go off ( at) the deep end (fig inf) — auf die Palme gehen (inf)
3) voice, sound, note, colour tief4) breathing, sigh tief5) (fig) mystery, sleep, secret, mourning tief; (= profound) thinker, book, remark, writer tiefsinnig; (= heartfelt) concern, relief, interest groß; sorrow tief (empfunden); (= devious) person verschlagen, hintergründig; dealings undurchsichtigdeep down, she knew he was right — im Innersten wusste sie, dass er recht hatte
deep in conversation — ins Gespräch vertieft
deep in thought/a book — in Gedanken/in ein Buch vertieft or versunken
deep in recession — mitten in einer Rezession
2. adv (+er)tiefdeep into the night —
he's in it pretty deep (inf) — er steckt or hängt ganz schön tief da drin (inf)
3. n1) (liter)the deep — das Meer, die See
2)* * *deep [diːp]1. tief (in vertikaler Richtung):ten feet deep zehn Fuß tief;a deep plunge ein Sprung in große Tiefe;2. tief (in horizontaler Richtung):deep border breiter Rand;deep kiss Zungenkuss m;they marched four deep sie marschierten in Viererreihen;three men deep drei Mann hoch, zu dritt3. niedrig gelegen4. tief (Atemzug):take a deep breath tief Atem holen5. tief (versunken), versunken, vertieft:deep in thought tief in Gedanken (versunken)6. tief (steckend oder verwickelt):be deep in debt tief in Schulden stecken;deep in love schwer verliebt7. dunkel, unergründlich, schwer verständlich, tief(sinnig):a deep problem ein schwieriges Problem;that is too deep for me das ist mir zu hoch, da komme ich nicht mit8. gründlich, eingehend (Studie etc):deep learning fundiertes Wissen9. verborgen, versteckt, geheim, dunkel (Motive etc)deep mourning tiefe Trauer;deep prayer inbrünstiges Gebet11. tief, schwer(wiegend):deep wrongs pl schweres Unrecht12. tief, vollkommen:deep night tiefe Nacht;deep silence tiefes oder völliges Schweigen;deep sleep tiefer Schlaf, Tiefschlaf m13. stark, intensiv:deep interest starkes Interesse;deep love leidenschaftliche Liebe15. tief, scharfsinnig (Denker etc):deep intellect scharfer Verstand16. durchtrieben, schlau:he is a deep one umg er ist ein ganz durchtriebener Bursche, er hat es faustdick hinter den Ohren17. tief, satt, dunkel (Farben)18. tief, dunkel (Stimme)19. MED subkutan, unter der Haut20. PSYCH unbewusstB adv1. tief:deep in the woods tief (drinnen) im Wald;he looked deep into her eyes er sah ihr tief in die Augen;2. tief, spät:deep into the night (bis) tief in die Nacht (hinein);deep in winter im tiefen Winter3. stark, gründlich, heftig:drink deep unmäßig trinkenC s2. Tiefe f, Abgrund m3. tief gelegene Stellea) das Meer,b) das Firmament,c) die Unterwelt,d) der unendliche Raum,e) die unendliche Zeit5. Mitte f:in the deep of night in tiefer Nacht, mitten in der Nacht;in the deep of winter im tiefsten Winter* * *1. adjective1) (lit. or fig.) tiefbe deep in thought/prayer — in Gedanken/im Gebet versunken sein
2) (profound) tief [Grund]; gründlich [Studium, Forschung]; tiefgründig [Bemerkung]give something deep thought — über etwas (Akk.) gründlich nachdenken
he's a deep one — (coll.) er ist ein stilles Wasser (ugs.)
3) (heartfelt) tief; aufrichtig [Interesse, Dank]2. adverbstill waters run deep — (prov.) stille Wasser sind tief (Spr.)
deep down — (fig.) im Innersten
* * *adj.dunkel adj.tief adj.unergründlich adj. -
2 deep
[diːp] 1. прил.1) глубокийdeep end — омут, самое глубокое место в озере, пруду
deep kiss — глубокий поцелуй, французский поцелуй
Ant:2) широкий, глубокийThe wardrobe was very deep. — Платяной шкаф был очень глубоким.
3) ( deep in) находящийся далеко от края, границы, начала чего-л.to stand with one's hands deep in one's pockets — стоять, засунув руки в карманы
I could hear the faint hum of the traffic from Market Street, apart from that, I might have been deep in the countryside. (J. Brain, Room at the Top) — Если бы не едва различимый гул машин, доносившийся с Маркет-стрит, я бы мог подумать, что нахожусь в глухой деревне.
to take / draw a deep breath — глубоко вдохнуть
5) имеющий определённую глубину, глубиной вThe well was forty feet deep. — Глубина колодца составляла 40 футов.
6) (- deep) погружённый на столько-тоThe water was waist-deep. — Воды было по пояс.
7) отличающийся глубиной, серьёзный, содержательныйThat's too deep for me. — Для меня это слишком умно́.
Syn:Ant:8) таинственный; трудный для пониманияSyn:9) глубокий, сильный; крайний, чрезвычайный; тяжёлый, серьёзныйSyn:10) глубокий, сильный; искренний ( о чувстве)John's feelings were too deep for words. — Нельзя передать словами, что чувствовал Джон.
11) насыщенный, тёмный, густой (о краске, цвете)Ant:He possesses a very fine deep voice. — У него очень приятный низкий голос.
Syn:Ant:13) ( deep in) погружённый во что-л., поглощённый, занятый чем-л.to be deep in debt — быть в долгах, как в шелках
Syn:14) психол. подсознательный15) лингв. глубинный••in deep water(s) разг. — в трудном положении
2. сущ.to go off the deep end разг. — давать волю эмоциям или гневу, взрываться
1) ( the deep) поэт. морская пучина; море, океанHis body was committed to the deep. — Он был похоронен в пучине моря.
2) книжн.; = deeps глубь, глубина; бездна, пропастьabyssal deep — абиссаль, абиссальная глубина ( от 3000 до 6000 м)
Thus, in the abyssal deeps of the ocean these bacteria form the first link in a food chain which supports thriving communities of submarine creatures. — Таким образом, эти глубоководные бактерии образуют первое звено пищевой цепочки, обеспечивающей жизнедеятельность разнообразной подводной фауны.
He made her uneasy, as if he could see right through to the deeps of her scheming soul. (F.M. Hendry, Quest For a Babe) — Он заставлял её нервничать, ей казалось, что он видит её насквозь, проникая в самые сокровенные уголки её коварной души.
Syn:3) книжн. время наиболее сильного проявления чего-л.4) глубокая яма ( в земле), провалSyn:5) мор. отрезок между двумя отметками на лоте, следующими друг за другом ( измеряется в морских саженях)3. нареч.1) глубокоto lie deep — залегать на большой глубине; лежать глубоко, иметь глубокие корни
The three men sat up deep into the night. — Троица засиделась до глубокой ночи.
Syn:2) сильно, серьёзноThey drank deep of the French wine. — Они изрядно выпили французского вина.
Syn:3) низко (о звуке, голосе)A hundred dogs bayed deep and strong. — Слышался низкий и мощный лай своры в сотню собак.
4) во столько-то рядов, шеренгThe men stood three deep and forty across. — Солдаты были построены в три шеренги по сорок человек.
••4. гл.; редк.Still waters run deep. посл. — В тихом омуте черти водятся.
становиться глубже, становиться глубоким; расширяться -
3 deep into the night
Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > deep into the night
-
4 त्रि _tri
त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three].-Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151.-2 a third part.-3 three-fourths.-अक्ष a. triocular.-अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57.-अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265.-2 a match- maker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables).-3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या.-अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens.-2 a sort of colly- rium. (-टः) N. of Śiva.-अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry).-अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth.-अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन.-अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively.-अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24.-अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4.-अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds).-अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots.-अब्द a. three years old.-ब्दम् three years taken collectively.-अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak.-अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī-अशीत a. eighty-third.-अशीतिः f. eighty-three.-अष्टन् a. twenty-four.-अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle.-अहः 1 a period of three days.-2 a festival lasting three days.-आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons.-आहिक a.1 performed or produced in three days.-2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever).-3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128.-ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16.-ऐहिक a. having provision for three days.-ककुद् m.1 N. of the moun- tain Trikūṭa.-2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa.-3 the highest, chief.-4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights.-ककुभ् m. Ved.1 Indra.-2 Indra's thunderbolt.-कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62.-कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish.-करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another.-कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa).-काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary.-कायः N. of Buddha.-कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the pre- sent, and the future; or morning, noon and evening.-2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.)1 a divine sage, seer.-2 a deity.-3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m.1 a Buddha.-2 an Arhat (with the Jainas).-कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5.-कूटम् sea-salt.कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges.-कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle.(-णः) 1 a triangle.-2 the vulva.-खम् 1 tin.-2 a cucumber.-खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bed- steads taken collectively.-क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax.-गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below.-गत a.1 tripled.-2 done in three days.-गर्ताः (pl.)1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the north- west of India.-2 the people or rulers of that country.-3 a particular mode of calculation.-गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton.-2 a woman in general.-3 a pearl.-4 a kind of cricket.-गुण a.1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1.-2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25.-3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways.-णाः m. (pl.) the three quali- ties or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1.(-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.).-2 an epithet of Durgā.-गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice.-चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.-चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34.-चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third.-चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three.-जगत् n.-जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmos- phere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59.-जटः an epithet of Śiva.-जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74.-जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon).-जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius.-णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61.-णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27.-णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16.-णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajur- veda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26.-2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17.-णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband).-णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2.-तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpen- ters taken collectively.-दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one.-2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4.-दण्डिन् m.1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3.-2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.-दशाः (pl.)1 thirty.-2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunder- bolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihas- pati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः1 heaven.-2 the mountain Meru.-3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः1 Indra.-2 Śiva.-3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः1 Agni.-2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12.-दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day.-दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3.-2 sky, atmosphere.-3 paradise.-4 happi- ness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः1 an epithet of Indra.-2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा1 the Ganges.-2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62.-दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva.-दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ.-धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up.-धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa;-तुम् 1 the triple world.-2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours.-धामन् m.1 N. of Viṣṇu.-2 of Vyāsa;-3 of Śiva.-4 of Agni.-5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2.-धारा the Ganges.-नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72.- नवत a. ninety-third.-नवतिः f. ninety three.-नयना Pārvat&imacr.-नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26.-नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon.-नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree.-पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen.-पञ्चाश a. fiftythird.-पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three.-पुटः glass (काच).-पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect.-2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines.-पत्रकः the Palāśa tree.-पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world.-2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99.-पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved.1 Viṣṇu.-2 fever (personified).-पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः...... Śiva. B.22. 62.-पदिका 1 a tripod.-2 a stand with three feet.-पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48.-2 the Gāyatrī metre.-3 a tripod.-4 the plant गोधापदी.-परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire.-पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree.-पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure).-2 the figure formed by such intersection.-पाटिका a beak.पाठिन् a.1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama.-2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions.-पादः 1 the Supreme Being.-2 fever.-पाद् a.1 having three feet.-2 con- sisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96.-3 trinomial. (-m.)1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation.-2 the Supreme Being.-पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म).-पुट a. triangular.(-टः) 1 an arrow.-2 the palm of the hand.-3 a cubit.-4 a bank or shore.-पुटकः a triangle.-पुटा an epithet of Durgā.-पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant.-पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes.-पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities.-2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā.(-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi.-2 N. of a country.-पुरुष a1 having the length of three men.-2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestors- father, grand-father and great-grand-father.-पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu.-पौरुष a.1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men.2 offered to three (as oblations).-3 inherited from three (as an estate).-प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut.-फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca- nut, and cloves).-बन्धनः the individual soul.-बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f.1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39.-2 the anus.-बलीकम् the anus.-बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords.-ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश.-भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees.-भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body.-भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation.-भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42.-2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac.-भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29).-भुजम् a triangle.-भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu.-भूमः a palace with three floors.-मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43.-मधु n.-मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee.-2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚).-3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B.-4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B.-मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28.-मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain.-मुखः an epithet of Buddha.-मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्.-मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4.-2 Buddha, or Jina.-मूर्धन् m.1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15.-2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19.-यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134.-यष्टिः a necklace of three strings.-यामकम् sin.-यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22.-2 turmeric.-3 the Indigo plant.-4 the river Yamuṇā.-युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35.-योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, cove- tousness, or infatuation).-रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्.-रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights.-रेखः a conch-shell.-लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective.-2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively.-लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45.-2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6.-लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22.-लोचनः Śiva.(-ना) 1 an unchaste woman.-2 an epithet of Durgā.-लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper.-वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41.-2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak.-3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्.-4 the three higher castes.-5 the three myrobalans.-6 propriety, decorum.-वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively.-वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7.-वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty)-वली the anus.-वारम् ind. three times, thrice.-विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda.-विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.-विध a. of three kinds, three-fold.-विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78.-2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god.-वृत् a.1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42.-2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.)1 a sacrifice.-2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44.-3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire.-वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms).-वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate.-वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34.-2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1.-वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.-शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31.-शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.]-2 the Chātaka bird.-3 a cat.-4 a grass-hopper.-5 a fire- fly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra.-शत a. three hundred.(-तम्) 1 one hundred and three.-2 three hundred.-शरणः a Buddha.-शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा).-शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72.-शालम् a house with three halls or chambers.-शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9.-2 a crown or crest (with three points).-शिरस् m.1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma.-2 an epithet of Kubera.-3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29.-शीर्षः Śiva.-शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.-शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and day- time; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B.-शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.-शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain.-2 a triangle.-शोकः the soul.-षष्टिः f. sixty-three.-ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables.-संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also-त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216.-संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb.-सप्तत a. seventy-third.-सप्ततिः f. seventy-three.-सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21.-सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral.-सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together.-सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12.-सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1.-साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13.-सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27.-साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4.-सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5).-2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185.-स्थली the three sacred places: काशी, प्रयाग, and गया.-स्थानम् the head, neck and chest to- gether; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a.1 having 3 dwelling places.-2 extending through the 3 worlds.-स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15.-सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field).-हायण a. three years old. -
5 perder la noción del tiempo
to lose track of time* * *(v.) = lose + track of time, lose + all notion of time, lose + all sense of timeEx. eBay is the absolute easiest way to lose track of time and the world going on around you.Ex. Deep meditation can also make us lose all notion of time because our mental activity is situated on the subconscious level.Ex. Once there, however, the three men abandon themselves to an orgy of slaughter, so caught up in killing buffalo that they lose all sense of time.* * *(v.) = lose + track of time, lose + all notion of time, lose + all sense of timeEx: eBay is the absolute easiest way to lose track of time and the world going on around you.
Ex: Deep meditation can also make us lose all notion of time because our mental activity is situated on the subconscious level.Ex: Once there, however, the three men abandon themselves to an orgy of slaughter, so caught up in killing buffalo that they lose all sense of time. -
6 Stephenson, Robert
[br]b. 16 October 1803 Willington Quay, Northumberland, Englandd. 12 October 1859 London, England[br]English engineer who built the locomotive Rocket and constructed many important early trunk railways.[br]Robert Stephenson's father was George Stephenson, who ensured that his son was educated to obtain the theoretical knowledge he lacked himself. In 1821 Robert Stephenson assisted his father in his survey of the Stockton \& Darlington Railway and in 1822 he assisted William James in the first survey of the Liverpool \& Manchester Railway. He then went to Edinburgh University for six months, and the following year Robert Stephenson \& Co. was named after him as Managing Partner when it was formed by himself, his father and others. The firm was to build stationary engines, locomotives and railway rolling stock; in its early years it also built paper-making machinery and did general engineering.In 1824, however, Robert Stephenson accepted, perhaps in reaction to an excess of parental control, an invitation by a group of London speculators called the Colombian Mining Association to lead an expedition to South America to use steam power to reopen gold and silver mines. He subsequently visited North America before returning to England in 1827 to rejoin his father as an equal and again take charge of Robert Stephenson \& Co. There he set about altering the design of steam locomotives to improve both their riding and their steam-generating capacity. Lancashire Witch, completed in July 1828, was the first locomotive mounted on steel springs and had twin furnace tubes through the boiler to produce a large heating surface. Later that year Robert Stephenson \& Co. supplied the Stockton \& Darlington Railway with a wagon, mounted for the first time on springs and with outside bearings. It was to be the prototype of the standard British railway wagon. Between April and September 1829 Robert Stephenson built, not without difficulty, a multi-tubular boiler, as suggested by Henry Booth to George Stephenson, and incorporated it into the locomotive Rocket which the three men entered in the Liverpool \& Manchester Railway's Rainhill Trials in October. Rocket, was outstandingly successful and demonstrated that the long-distance steam railway was practicable.Robert Stephenson continued to develop the locomotive. Northumbrian, built in 1830, had for the first time, a smokebox at the front of the boiler and also the firebox built integrally with the rear of the boiler. Then in Planet, built later the same year, he adopted a layout for the working parts used earlier by steam road-coach pioneer Goldsworthy Gurney, placing the cylinders, for the first time, in a nearly horizontal position beneath the smokebox, with the connecting rods driving a cranked axle. He had evolved the definitive form for the steam locomotive.Also in 1830, Robert Stephenson surveyed the London \& Birmingham Railway, which was authorized by Act of Parliament in 1833. Stephenson became Engineer for construction of the 112-mile (180 km) railway, probably at that date the greatest task ever undertaken in of civil engineering. In this he was greatly assisted by G.P.Bidder, who as a child prodigy had been known as "The Calculating Boy", and the two men were to be associated in many subsequent projects. On the London \& Birmingham Railway there were long and deep cuttings to be excavated and difficult tunnels to be bored, notoriously at Kilsby. The line was opened in 1838.In 1837 Stephenson provided facilities for W.F. Cooke to make an experimental electrictelegraph installation at London Euston. The directors of the London \& Birmingham Railway company, however, did not accept his recommendation that they should adopt the electric telegraph and it was left to I.K. Brunel to instigate the first permanent installation, alongside the Great Western Railway. After Cooke formed the Electric Telegraph Company, Stephenson became a shareholder and was Chairman during 1857–8.Earlier, in the 1830s, Robert Stephenson assisted his father in advising on railways in Belgium and came to be increasingly in demand as a consultant. In 1840, however, he was almost ruined financially as a result of the collapse of the Stanhope \& Tyne Rail Road; in return for acting as Engineer-in-Chief he had unwisely accepted shares, with unlimited liability, instead of a fee.During the late 1840s Stephenson's greatest achievements were the design and construction of four great bridges, as part of railways for which he was responsible. The High Level Bridge over the Tyne at Newcastle and the Royal Border Bridge over the Tweed at Berwick were the links needed to complete the East Coast Route from London to Scotland. For the Chester \& Holyhead Railway to cross the Menai Strait, a bridge with spans as long-as 460 ft (140 m) was needed: Stephenson designed them as wrought-iron tubes of rectangular cross-section, through which the trains would pass, and eventually joined the spans together into a tube 1,511 ft (460 m) long from shore to shore. Extensive testing was done beforehand by shipbuilder William Fairbairn to prove the method, and as a preliminary it was first used for a 400 ft (122 m) span bridge at Conway.In 1847 Robert Stephenson was elected MP for Whitby, a position he held until his death, and he was one of the exhibition commissioners for the Great Exhibition of 1851. In the early 1850s he was Engineer-in-Chief for the Norwegian Trunk Railway, the first railway in Norway, and he also built the Alexandria \& Cairo Railway, the first railway in Africa. This included two tubular bridges with the railway running on top of the tubes. The railway was extended to Suez in 1858 and for several years provided a link in the route from Britain to India, until superseded by the Suez Canal, which Stephenson had opposed in Parliament. The greatest of all his tubular bridges was the Victoria Bridge across the River St Lawrence at Montreal: after inspecting the site in 1852 he was appointed Engineer-in-Chief for the bridge, which was 1 1/2 miles (2 km) long and was designed in his London offices. Sadly he, like Brunel, died young from self-imposed overwork, before the bridge was completed in 1859.[br]Principal Honours and DistinctionsFRS 1849. President, Institution of Mechanical Engineers 1849. President, Institution of Civil Engineers 1856. Order of St Olaf (Norway). Order of Leopold (Belgium). Like his father, Robert Stephenson refused a knighthood.Further ReadingL.T.C.Rolt, 1960, George and Robert Stephenson, London: Longman (a good modern biography).J.C.Jeaffreson, 1864, The Life of Robert Stephenson, London: Longman (the standard nine-teenth-century biography).M.R.Bailey, 1979, "Robert Stephenson \& Co. 1823–1829", Transactions of the Newcomen Society 50 (provides details of the early products of that company).J.Kieve, 1973, The Electric Telegraph, Newton Abbot: David \& Charles.PJGR -
7 flounder
I ['flaundə] гл.1) = flounder about / around барахтаться, пытаясь найти опору; двигаться с трудомThree men were floundering about in the water. — Три человека барахтались в воде.
We found him at last, lost in the forest, floundering about in deep snow. — В конце концов мы нашли его - он заблудился в лесу, пробираясь через сугробы.
2) испытывать серьёзные трудности, быть на грани крахаThe country's economy is floundering and the future is uncertain. — Экономика страны находится на грани краха и будущее неясно.
What a pity that his career was left to flounder. — Как жаль, что его карьера не удалась.
Syn:founder III 2.3) = flounder about / around колебаться; сбиваться, спотыкаться, путаться ( в словах)II ['flaundə] сущ.; мн. flounder, flounders; зоол.Suddenly she asked me: "What do you think?" I floundered for a moment. — Вдруг она спросила: "Что вы думаете по этому поводу?" В первый момент я не знал, что ответить.
Syn:••as flat as a flounder — плоский, как камбала
-
8 vivo
adj.1 live, alive, living, above-ground.2 lively, keen, alert, brisk.3 bright, shining, vivid.4 alive, passionate.f. & m.living person.pres.indicat.1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: vivir.* * *► adjetivo1 (que tiene vida) living; (que está) alive2 (fuego, llama) live, burning3 (lengua) living4 figurado (color etc) bright, vivid6 figurado (dolor, emoción, etc) acute, deep, intense7 figurado (descripción etc) lively, graphic8 figurado (carácter) quick, irritable11 figurado (llaga, herida) open► nombre masculino,nombre femenino1 living person1 COSTURA trimming, border\a lo vivo vividlyde viva voz verbally, by word of mouthen carne viva raw, red raw 2 figurado freshen vivo TELEVISIÓN liveal rojo vivo red-hotherir a alguien en lo más vivo / tocar a alguien en lo más vivo figurado to cut somebody to the quick¿quién vive? MILITAR who goes there?ser el vivo retrato de / ser la viva imagen de familiar to be the spitting image oftener el genio vivo to be quick-temperedfuerzas vivas figurado driving forces————————1 COSTURA trimming, border* * *(f. - viva)adj.1) alive2) lively3) vivid* * *vivo, -a1. ADJ1) (=con vida)se busca vivo o muerto — wanted, dead or alive
b) [piel] rawme dio o hirió en lo más vivo — it cut me to the quick
cal, fuerza 5), lágrima, lengua 4)a lo vivo —
2) (TV, Radio)en vivo — (=en directo) live; (=en persona) in person
un espectáculo con música en vivo — a live music show, a show with live music
¿has visto en vivo a algún famoso? — have you ever seen anyone famous in the flesh?
3) (=intenso) [descripción] vivid, graphic; [imaginación, mirada, ritmo] lively; [movimiento, paso] quick, lively; [color] bright; [sensación] acute; [genio] fiery; [ingenio] ready; [inteligencia] sharp, keen; [filo] sharprojo 2., 1), voz 1)su recuerdo siempre seguirá vivo entre nosotros — her memory will always be with us, her memory will live on in our minds
4) [persona] (=listo) clever; (=astuto) sharp; (=animado) lively2. SM/ F1) *(=aprovechado)es un vivo — he's a clever one *, he's a sly one *
2)3.SM (Cos) edging, border* * *I- va adjetivo1)a) ( con vida) alivea lo vivo — (fam) without anesthetic*
en vivo — <actuación/transmisión> live
b) < lengua> living (before n)2)a) < persona> (despierto, animado) vivacious, bubbly; < descripción> vivid, graphic; <relato/imaginación> livelyb) < color> bright, vivid; <llama/fuego> bright; <ojos/mirada> lively, brightc) <sentimiento/deseo> intense, strongen lo más vivo: me hirió en lo más vivo he cut me to the quick; me afectó en lo más vivo — it affected me very deeply
3) (avispado, astuto) sharpIIno seas tan vivo — don't try to be clever
* * *= alive, live, living, vivid, quickened, vibrant + Color, bright [brighter -comp., brightest -sup.], living and breathing, surviving, walking, land of the living, the, spry [spryer comp., spryest -sup.], sprightly [sprightlier -comp., sprightliest -sup.], shrewd [shrewder -comp., shrewdest -sup.].Ex. Armstrong Sperry's 'Call It Courage' is now some years old but still to my mind an attractive and alive book.Ex. By designing the floors to carry a superimposed live load of 6.5 kN/m2, it is easy to move bookshelves, reader places and other library functions to any part of the building.Ex. Few librarians have had both his dedication and ability to make the catalog a living tool serving all of the people.Ex. There are vivid examples of serious fires and other natural disasters occuring in libraries that cause incalculable financial and academic losses to society.Ex. For a storyteller preparation is like rehearsal for an orchestra; there will be passages that need emphasis, and some that need a slow pace, others that need a quickened tempo, and so on = La preparación de un narrador de cuentos es como el ensayo de una orquesta; habrá pasajes que necesiten énfasis, otros un ritmo lento, otros un ritmo acelerado, etcétera.Ex. The store was gutted and rebuilt, according to his specifications, into a beautiful, modern facility, decorated in vibrant hues and furnished with the latest Herman Miller offerings.Ex. The openness of the now accessible stacks is emphasised by use of glass and bright colours.Ex. They are more than simple documents -- they are living and breathing expressions of important ethical concerns.Ex. Interviews were with a surviving next of kin or a nonrelative about three months after the event of death.Ex. He is a walking history of modern librarianship and has been a mentor to many.Ex. This is a review article on a book by Stephen M. Borish ' The Land of the Living'.Ex. A spry 80 years young, Virginia has been painting murals for the last 50 years and a lot can be said for the advantages of experience.Ex. He was described as a ' sprightly nonagenarian' who was born in 1905.Ex. Payment is very important and can be a problem so the businessman needs to be streetwise and shrewd with a good business acumen.----* actuación en vivo = live performance, live entertainment.* apagar la cal viva = slake + quicklime.* a viva voz = open outcry.* cal viva = quicklime.* comerse Algo vivo, devorarse Algo = eat + Nombre + alive.* concierto en vivo = live concert.* continuar vivo = live on.* cosa viva = living thing.* de viva voz = orally, word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.* el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.* entre los vivos = land of the living, the.* en vivo = live-action, in vivo, live.* imaginación muy viva = vivid imagination.* leyenda vivida = living legend.* llorar a lágrima viva = sob + Posesivo + heart out, cry + Posesivo + heart out, cry + uncontrollably.* mantener Algo vivo = keep + the flame alive, keep + Nombre + at the fore.* mantener vivo = keep + alive, keep + Nombre + going.* materia viva = living matter.* monumento vivo = living monument.* música en vivo = live music.* no vivo = nonliving [non-living].* organismo vivo = living thing.* permanecer vivo = remain + alive.* ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.* publicación seriada viva = active serial.* revista viva = active journal.* rojo vivo = vibrant red, vermilion [vermillion].* seguir vivo = live on, stay + alive.* sentirse vivo = feel + alive.* ser un vivo retrato de = be a dead ringer for.* servicio de referencia en vivo = live reference.* ser vivo = sentient being.* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.* viva + Nombre = long live + Nombre.* vivos, los = living, the.* * *I- va adjetivo1)a) ( con vida) alivea lo vivo — (fam) without anesthetic*
en vivo — <actuación/transmisión> live
b) < lengua> living (before n)2)a) < persona> (despierto, animado) vivacious, bubbly; < descripción> vivid, graphic; <relato/imaginación> livelyb) < color> bright, vivid; <llama/fuego> bright; <ojos/mirada> lively, brightc) <sentimiento/deseo> intense, strongen lo más vivo: me hirió en lo más vivo he cut me to the quick; me afectó en lo más vivo — it affected me very deeply
3) (avispado, astuto) sharpIIno seas tan vivo — don't try to be clever
* * *= alive, live, living, vivid, quickened, vibrant + Color, bright [brighter -comp., brightest -sup.], living and breathing, surviving, walking, land of the living, the, spry [spryer comp., spryest -sup.], sprightly [sprightlier -comp., sprightliest -sup.], shrewd [shrewder -comp., shrewdest -sup.].Ex: Armstrong Sperry's 'Call It Courage' is now some years old but still to my mind an attractive and alive book.
Ex: By designing the floors to carry a superimposed live load of 6.5 kN/m2, it is easy to move bookshelves, reader places and other library functions to any part of the building.Ex: Few librarians have had both his dedication and ability to make the catalog a living tool serving all of the people.Ex: There are vivid examples of serious fires and other natural disasters occuring in libraries that cause incalculable financial and academic losses to society.Ex: For a storyteller preparation is like rehearsal for an orchestra; there will be passages that need emphasis, and some that need a slow pace, others that need a quickened tempo, and so on = La preparación de un narrador de cuentos es como el ensayo de una orquesta; habrá pasajes que necesiten énfasis, otros un ritmo lento, otros un ritmo acelerado, etcétera.Ex: The store was gutted and rebuilt, according to his specifications, into a beautiful, modern facility, decorated in vibrant hues and furnished with the latest Herman Miller offerings.Ex: The openness of the now accessible stacks is emphasised by use of glass and bright colours.Ex: They are more than simple documents -- they are living and breathing expressions of important ethical concerns.Ex: Interviews were with a surviving next of kin or a nonrelative about three months after the event of death.Ex: He is a walking history of modern librarianship and has been a mentor to many.Ex: This is a review article on a book by Stephen M. Borish ' The Land of the Living'.Ex: A spry 80 years young, Virginia has been painting murals for the last 50 years and a lot can be said for the advantages of experience.Ex: He was described as a ' sprightly nonagenarian' who was born in 1905.Ex: Payment is very important and can be a problem so the businessman needs to be streetwise and shrewd with a good business acumen.* actuación en vivo = live performance, live entertainment.* apagar la cal viva = slake + quicklime.* a viva voz = open outcry.* cal viva = quicklime.* comerse Algo vivo, devorarse Algo = eat + Nombre + alive.* concierto en vivo = live concert.* continuar vivo = live on.* cosa viva = living thing.* de viva voz = orally, word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.* el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.* entre los vivos = land of the living, the.* en vivo = live-action, in vivo, live.* imaginación muy viva = vivid imagination.* leyenda vivida = living legend.* llorar a lágrima viva = sob + Posesivo + heart out, cry + Posesivo + heart out, cry + uncontrollably.* mantener Algo vivo = keep + the flame alive, keep + Nombre + at the fore.* mantener vivo = keep + alive, keep + Nombre + going.* materia viva = living matter.* monumento vivo = living monument.* música en vivo = live music.* no vivo = nonliving [non-living].* organismo vivo = living thing.* permanecer vivo = remain + alive.* ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.* publicación seriada viva = active serial.* revista viva = active journal.* rojo vivo = vibrant red, vermilion [vermillion].* seguir vivo = live on, stay + alive.* sentirse vivo = feel + alive.* ser un vivo retrato de = be a dead ringer for.* servicio de referencia en vivo = live reference.* ser vivo = sentient being.* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.* viva + Nombre = long live + Nombre.* vivos, los = living, the.* * *A1 (con vida) alive[ S ] se busca vivo o muerto wanted, dead or alivelos mosquitos me están comiendo vivo ( fam); I'm being eaten alive by mosquitoesno vimos ninguna serpiente viva we didn't see any live snakeses ya una leyenda viva he is a legend in his own lifetime, he is a living legendmantuvo viva su fé she kept her faith aliveen vivo livemúsica en vivo live musichicieron el programa en vivo they did the program live2 ‹lengua› living ( before n)el idioma sigue vivo the language is still aliveB1 ‹persona› (despierto, animado) vivacious, bubbly2 ‹descripción› vivid, graphic; ‹relato/imaginación› livelyaún tengo vivo en la memoria aquel momento I can still remember that moment vividly4 ‹ojos/mirada› lively, bright5 ‹sentimiento/deseo› intense, stronglo más vivo: sus palabras me llegaron a lo más vivo her words cut me to the quicksu muerte me afectó en lo más vivo his death affected me very deeplyC (avispado, astuto) sharpése es muy vivo y no se va a dejar engañar that guy is too smart o sharp to be taken in ( colloq)no seas tan vivo, que ésta es mi parte don't try to be clever o to pull a fast one, this is my share ( colloq)esos vendedores son muy vivos those salesmen are razor-sharp ( colloq)masculine, feminine( fam)1 (oportunista) sharp o smooth operator ( colloq)2 (aprovechado) crafty devil ( colloq)* * *
Del verbo vivir: ( conjugate vivir)
vivo es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo
Multiple Entries:
vivir
vivo
vivir ( conjugate vivir) verbo intransitivo
1 ( en general) to live;◊ vive solo he lives alone o on his own;
vivo para algo/algn to live for sth/sb;
vivo en paz to live in peace;
la pintura no da para vivo you can't make a living from painting;
el sueldo no le alcanza para vivo his salary isn't enough (for him) to live on;
vivo de algo ‹ de la caridad› to live on sth;
‹del arte/de la pesca› to make a living from sth;
ver tb◊ renta
2 ( estar vivo) to be alive
3 ( como interj):◊ ¡viva el Rey! long live the King!;
¡vivan los novios! three cheers for the bride and groom!;
¡viva! hurray!
verbo transitivoa) ( pasar por):
los que vivimos la guerra those of us who lived through the war
vivo◊ -va adjetivo
1
en vivo ‹actuación/transmisión› live
2
‹ descripción› vivid, graphic;
‹relato/imaginación› lively
‹llama/fuego› bright;
‹ojos/mirada› lively, bright
3 (avispado, astuto) sharp;◊ no seas tan vivo don't try to be clever
■ sustantivo masculino, femenino ( oportunista) sharp o smooth operator (colloq);
( aprovechado) freeloader
vivir
I verbo intransitivo
1 (tener vida) to live: vivió ochenta años, she lived to be eighty
¡aún vive!, he's still alive!
2 (estar residiendo) to live: viven en Australia, they live in Australia
3 (en la memoria) su recuerdo aún vive en nosotros, our memories of him still live on
4 (subsistir) no es suficiente para vivir, it's not enough to live on
esa gente vive de la caza, those people live from o by hunting
5 (convivir) viven juntos desde hace muchos años, they've been living together for years
II vtr (pasar una experiencia) to live through
III sustantivo masculino
1 life, living
2 (una persona) de mal vivir, loose, disreputable
♦ Locuciones: dejar vivir a alguien, (no molestar) vive y deja vivir, live and let live; familiar no vivir alguien, (preocupación, angustia) desde que tiene esa grave enfermedad, sus padres no viven, his parents have been in a state of anxiety since he's had this serious illness; familiar vivir la vida alguien, (libertad, ociosidad) ha acabado la carrera y ahora se dedica a vivir la vida, now he's finished his university studies he's going to enjoy life
vivo,-a
I adjetivo
1 alive: todavía está vivo, he's still alive
(un espectáculo) en vivo, live ➣ Ver nota en alive 2 (persona: vital, alegre) vivacious
(astuta) sharp
3 (intenso, brillante) bright
una camisa de un rojo vivo, a bright red shirt
4 (un relato, descripción) lively, graphic
(un sentimiento) intense, deep
II sustantivo masculino y femenino (persona avispada, astuta) sharp
♦ Locuciones: al rojo vivo, red-hot
familiar vivito y coleando, alive and kicking
' vivo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
actualmente
- alegre
- alta
- alto
- ardiente
- criatura
- despierta
- despierto
- emisión
- ser
- estrangular
- extremidad
- fogón
- macho
- mantener
- prodigio
- retrato
- revivir
- roja
- rojo
- salud
- subsistir
- viva
- crecer
- espabilado
- inquieto
- listo
- paseo
- posibilidad
- punta
- que
- vivir
English:
active
- actually
- alive
- alone
- animate
- animated
- bright
- brighten up
- dad
- daddy
- deep
- develop
- eat
- fur
- hot up
- image
- keen
- live
- lively
- living
- midway
- near
- on
- out
- quicktempered
- red-hot
- rich
- solid
- spit
- still
- up
- vivid
- beyond
- concert
- glow
- hedge
- hedgerow
- home
- longing
- memory
- pull
- quick
- red
- sear
- survive
* * *vivo, -a♦ adj1. [ser, lengua] living2. [tras verbo] alive;estar vivo [persona, costumbre, recuerdo] to be alive;su recuerdo sigue vivo entre los suyos his memory lives on among his family;quemar vivo alguien to burn sb alive3. [intenso] [dolor, deseo, olor] intense;[luz, color, tono] bright; [genio] quick, hot; [paso, ritmo] lively;un vivo interés por algo a lively interest in sth4. [con vitalidad] [gestos, ojos] lively;[descripción, recuerdo] vivid;es el vivo retrato de su padre he's the spitting image of his father5. [despierto] quick, sharp;[astuto] shrewd, sly♦ los vivos nmplthe living♦ en vivo loc adj[en directo] live; [sin anestesia] without anaesthetic;haremos el programa en vivo we will do the programme live* * *I adj1 alive;los seres vivo living things;2 fig famsharp, smart3 color bright4 ritmo livelyII m, viva f sharp operator* * *vivo, -va adj1) : alive2) intenso: vivid, bright, intense3) animado: lively, vivacious4) astuto: sharp, clever5)en vivo : livetransmisión en vivo: live broadcast6)al rojo vivo : red-hot* * *vivo adj1. (con vida) alive2. (intenso) bright -
9 entre
prep.1 between.entre las diez y las once between ten and eleven o'clockentre paréntesis in bracketsentre nosotros between you and me, between ourselves (en confianza)discutían entre sí they were arguing with each otherera un color entre verde y azul the color was somewhere between green and bluedudo entre ir o quedarme I don't know o can't decide whether to go or to stay2 among, amongst.estaba entre los asistentes she was among those presentestuvo entre los mejores he was one of o amongst the bestentre otras cosas among other things3 divided by.intj.come in.pres.subj.3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: entrar.* * *1 (dos términos) between2 (varios) among, amongst3 (sumando) counting4 (en) in5 (entremedio) somewhere between\de entre from among, out ofentre... y... what with... and...■ entre el frío y la lluvia... what with the cold and the rain...entre tanto meanwhile, in the meantime* * *prep.1) between2) among* * *PREP1) (=en medio de)a) [dos elementos] betweenparéntesis, semanaun líquido entre dulce y amargo — a liquid which is half-sweet, half-sour
b) [más de dos elementos] among, amongst¿has buscado entre las fotografías? — have you looked among(st) the photographs?
puedes hablar, estamos entre amigos — you can speak freely, we're among(st) friends
empezó a trabajar como mensajero, entre otras cosas — he started work as a courier, among(st) other things
2) [indicando colaboración, participación]le compraremos un regalo entre todos — we'll buy her a present between all of us, we'll all club together to buy her a present
¿entre cuántos habéis hecho el trabajo? — how many of you did it take to do the work?
esto lo solucionaremos entre nosotros — we'll sort that out among(st) o between ourselves
entre sí: las mujeres hablaban entre sí — the women were talking among(st) themselves
3) [uso aditivo]entre viaje y alojamiento nos gastamos 80 euros — we spent 80 euros between the travel and the accommodation, the travel and the accommodation came to 80 euros between them
entre niños y niñas habrá unos veinte en total — there are about twenty in total, if you count boys and girls
entre que era tarde y hacía frío, decidimos no salir — what with it being late and cold, we decided not to go out
entre unas cosas y otras se nos hizo de noche — before we knew it, it was night
4) (Mat)5) esp LAm*6)* * *I1)a) ( indicando posición en medio de) betweenb) ( en relaciones de comunicación o cooperación) between¿por qué no le hacemos un regalo entre todos? — why don't we all get together to buy him a present?
c) ( con verbos recíprocos) amongcuando hablan entre ellos — ( dos personas) when they talk to each other; ( más de dos personas) when they talk among themselves
entre ellos se entienden — they understand each other o one another
2)a) (en el número, la colectividad de) amongb) ( mezclado con) amongc) ( sumando una cosa a otra) withhay unas cien personas entre alumnos y profesores — with o including pupils and teachers there are about a hundred people
entre una cosa y otra... — (fam) what with one thing and another... (colloq)
d) ( en distribuciones) amonge) (Mat)3)IIentre tanto — meanwhile, in the meantime
adverbio (esp AmL)entre más... menos/más... — the more... the less/more...
* * *= amidst, among, amongst, between, inter, across, amid, twixt, betwixt, in between.Ex. The second edition of AACR was published in 1978, amidst some dispute as to whether it was either necessary or desirable.Ex. He is probably unique among Associations of Research Libraries directors in that he played a significant role in the creation of ALA's Social Responsibilities Round Table.Ex. Amongst these are numbered: some specific legal and governmental works, such as laws, decrees, treaties; works that record the collective thought of a body, for example, reports of commissions and committees; and various cartographic materials.Ex. Citations to 33 Ph.D.theses produced at the University between 1974 and 1978 were analysed.Ex. On magnetic tape, for instance, there will be a need for an inter record gap so that the tape drive has some space, some leeway, when starting or stopping the fast moving tape.Ex. Other important elements of libraries, such as the quality of the staff and the nature of the reference collections themselves, vary across libraries.Ex. The director continued speaking amid the embers of their mirth.Ex. The article ' Twixt dilemma and desk-top deluxe' reports on the developments from the major computer printer manufacturers.Ex. Hume says we must distinguish ' betwixt personal identity as it regards our thought or imagination and as it regards our passions or the concern we take in ourselves'.Ex. The reason for this is that the qualifier, Public Libraries, is randomly distributed depending on whether other facets are cited in between.----* a caballo entre = midway between.* a mitad de camino entre = midway between.* compromiso entre novios = engagement.* conector entre facetas = intra-facet connector.* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.* de la zona de entre mareas = intertidal.* distinguir entre... y... = draw + the line between... and....* entre bastidores = behind the scenes, backstage, offstage.* entre corchetes = in brackets.* entre culturas = intercultural.* entre diferentes edades = cross-age [cross age].* entre dos fuegos = crossfire, pig(gy) in the middle.* entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.* entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.* entre el hombre y el sistema = human-system.* entre ellos contamos con los siguientes = numbered amongst these are.* entre éstos se incluyen = amongst these are numbered.* entre fronteras = transborder.* entre grupos sociales = intergroup.* entre instituciones = interagency [inter-agency].* entre la espada y la pared = between the rock and the hard place, between the devil and the deep blue sea, between a rock and a hard place.* entre la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.* entre la población en general = mainstream.* entre la profesión = intra-professional.* entre las dos y las cuatro = mid-afternoon.* entre las páginas de = between the covers of.* entre los miembros de la familia = intergenerational.* entre los vivos = land of the living, the.* entre manos = at hand, in hand.* entre medias = in between.* entre + Nombre Singular + y + Nombre Singular = between + Nombre Plural.* entre nosotros = with us, between you and me, between ourselves.* entre ordenadores = computer-to-computer.* entre otras cosas = amongst other things, for one thing, inter alia, among other things.* entre otros = amongst others, among others.* entre países = transfrontier, transborder, transnational, cross-country, cross-national [cross national], cross-border.* entre paréntesis = parenthetically, parenthetic, in brackets, in parenthesis.* entre profesiones = cross-occupational.* entre + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + midst.* entre regiones = cross-regional, inter-regional [interregional].* entre semana = on weekdays, midweek, weekday.* entre sí = each other.* entre tres partes = 3-party [three-party].* entre tú y yo = between you and me, between ourselves.* entre varias bibliotecas = cross-library, cross-library.* entre varias instituciones = inter-institutionally [interinstitutionally].* entre varias lenguas = cross-lingual.* entre varios países = multi-country [multicountry].* entre... y... = anywhere from/between... and...., somewhere between... and....* espacio entre columnas = intercolumn spacing.* estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between.* estar entre = fall between.* hablar entre dientes sin ser entendido = mumble.* niños entre cinco y siete años = five-to-sevens.* que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.* reconciliación entre = healing of the breach between.* resolución de la ambigüedad entre términos = term disambiguation.* * *I1)a) ( indicando posición en medio de) betweenb) ( en relaciones de comunicación o cooperación) between¿por qué no le hacemos un regalo entre todos? — why don't we all get together to buy him a present?
c) ( con verbos recíprocos) amongcuando hablan entre ellos — ( dos personas) when they talk to each other; ( más de dos personas) when they talk among themselves
entre ellos se entienden — they understand each other o one another
2)a) (en el número, la colectividad de) amongb) ( mezclado con) amongc) ( sumando una cosa a otra) withhay unas cien personas entre alumnos y profesores — with o including pupils and teachers there are about a hundred people
entre una cosa y otra... — (fam) what with one thing and another... (colloq)
d) ( en distribuciones) amonge) (Mat)3)IIentre tanto — meanwhile, in the meantime
adverbio (esp AmL)entre más... menos/más... — the more... the less/more...
* * *= amidst, among, amongst, between, inter, across, amid, twixt, betwixt, in between.Ex: The second edition of AACR was published in 1978, amidst some dispute as to whether it was either necessary or desirable.
Ex: He is probably unique among Associations of Research Libraries directors in that he played a significant role in the creation of ALA's Social Responsibilities Round Table.Ex: Amongst these are numbered: some specific legal and governmental works, such as laws, decrees, treaties; works that record the collective thought of a body, for example, reports of commissions and committees; and various cartographic materials.Ex: Citations to 33 Ph.D.theses produced at the University between 1974 and 1978 were analysed.Ex: On magnetic tape, for instance, there will be a need for an inter record gap so that the tape drive has some space, some leeway, when starting or stopping the fast moving tape.Ex: Other important elements of libraries, such as the quality of the staff and the nature of the reference collections themselves, vary across libraries.Ex: The director continued speaking amid the embers of their mirth.Ex: The article ' Twixt dilemma and desk-top deluxe' reports on the developments from the major computer printer manufacturers.Ex: Hume says we must distinguish ' betwixt personal identity as it regards our thought or imagination and as it regards our passions or the concern we take in ourselves'.Ex: The reason for this is that the qualifier, Public Libraries, is randomly distributed depending on whether other facets are cited in between.* a caballo entre = midway between.* a mitad de camino entre = midway between.* compromiso entre novios = engagement.* conector entre facetas = intra-facet connector.* de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.* de la zona de entre mareas = intertidal.* distinguir entre... y... = draw + the line between... and....* entre bastidores = behind the scenes, backstage, offstage.* entre corchetes = in brackets.* entre culturas = intercultural.* entre diferentes edades = cross-age [cross age].* entre dos fuegos = crossfire, pig(gy) in the middle.* entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.* entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.* entre el hombre y el sistema = human-system.* entre ellos contamos con los siguientes = numbered amongst these are.* entre éstos se incluyen = amongst these are numbered.* entre fronteras = transborder.* entre grupos sociales = intergroup.* entre instituciones = interagency [inter-agency].* entre la espada y la pared = between the rock and the hard place, between the devil and the deep blue sea, between a rock and a hard place.* entre la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.* entre la población en general = mainstream.* entre la profesión = intra-professional.* entre las dos y las cuatro = mid-afternoon.* entre las páginas de = between the covers of.* entre los miembros de la familia = intergenerational.* entre los vivos = land of the living, the.* entre manos = at hand, in hand.* entre medias = in between.* entre + Nombre Singular + y + Nombre Singular = between + Nombre Plural.* entre nosotros = with us, between you and me, between ourselves.* entre ordenadores = computer-to-computer.* entre otras cosas = amongst other things, for one thing, inter alia, among other things.* entre otros = amongst others, among others.* entre países = transfrontier, transborder, transnational, cross-country, cross-national [cross national], cross-border.* entre paréntesis = parenthetically, parenthetic, in brackets, in parenthesis.* entre profesiones = cross-occupational.* entre + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + midst.* entre regiones = cross-regional, inter-regional [interregional].* entre semana = on weekdays, midweek, weekday.* entre sí = each other.* entre tres partes = 3-party [three-party].* entre tú y yo = between you and me, between ourselves.* entre varias bibliotecas = cross-library, cross-library.* entre varias instituciones = inter-institutionally [interinstitutionally].* entre varias lenguas = cross-lingual.* entre varios países = multi-country [multicountry].* entre... y... = anywhere from/between... and...., somewhere between... and....* espacio entre columnas = intercolumn spacing.* estar a caballo entre = stand + midway between.* estar entre = fall between.* hablar entre dientes sin ser entendido = mumble.* niños entre cinco y siete años = five-to-sevens.* que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.* reconciliación entre = healing of the breach between.* resolución de la ambigüedad entre términos = term disambiguation.* * *A1 (indicando posición en medio de) betweense sienta entre Carlos y yo he sits between Carlos and meentre estas cuatro paredes within these four wallscreó una barrera entre ellos it created a barrier between themlo escribió entre paréntesis she wrote it in bracketsse me escapó por entre los dedos it slipped through my fingerscorreteaban por entre los arbustos they ran in and out of the bushesno pruebo bocado entre horas I don't eat a thing between mealsentre estas dos fechas between these two datesestá abierto entre semana it is open during the weekentre las cuatro y las cinco between four and five (o'clock)con una expresión entre complacida y sorprendida with an expression somewhere between pleasure and surprise, with a half pleased, half surprised lookes de un color entre el azul y el violeta it's a bluey purple color o a purplish blue colorvacilaba entre decírselo y callar she was torn between telling him and keeping quietestoy entre el verde y el azul I can't decide between the green one and the blue one2 (en relaciones de comunicación) betweenentre nosotros or entre tú y yo, no tiene la más mínima idea between you and me o just between ourselves, he doesn't have a cluelas relaciones entre los cuatro hermanos relations between the four brothers3 (en relaciones de cooperación) betweenentre los dos/cuatro logramos levantarlo between the two of us/four of us we managed to lift it¿por qué no le hacemos un regalo entre todos? why don't we all get together to buy him a present?4 (con verbos recíprocos) amongentre ellos se entienden they understand each other o one anothercuando hablan entre ellos no entiendo nada when they talk among themselves, I can't understand a thingtres depósitos unidos entre sí por una serie de tubos three tanks linked (to each other) by a series of pipesB1 (en el número, la colectividad de) among, amongst ( BrE)entre los trabajadores among the workersbendita tú eres entre todas las mujeres blessed art thou among womenestá entre los mejores/más grandes del mundo it is among the best/largest in the world, it is one of the best/largest in the worldentre los temas debatidos, éste fue el más conflictivo of the topics discussed this proved to be the most controversialhay un traidor entre nosotros there's a traitor among us o ( liter) in our midstestamos entre amigos we're all friends here, you're among friendses mentiroso, entre otras cosas he's a liar, among other things2 (mezclado con) amongentre las monedas que me dio había algunas extranjeras there were some foreign coins among the ones he gave mese perdió entre la muchedumbre he got lost in the crowdlo encontré entre la arena I found it in the sand3 (sumando una cosa a otra) withhay unas cien personas entre alumnos, padres y profesores with o including pupils, parents and teachers there are about a hundred peopleentre una cosa y otra nos llevó toda una mañana ( fam); what with one thing and another it took us a whole morning ( colloq)4 (en distribuciones) amongrepártelos entre los niños share them out among the children5 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ( Mat):tienes que dividirlo entre cinco you have to divide it by fivediez entre dos es (igual a) cinco two into ten goes five (times), ten divided by two is fiveCentre tanto meanwhile, in the meantimeentre tanto, vayan poniendo la mesa meanwhile o in the meantime, you can lay the tableentre tanto (que) lo hacen while they do it( esp AmL): entre más/menos... the more/less...entre más pide, menos le dan the more he asks for, the less they give himentre menos estudies, menos aprenderás the less you study, the less you will learn* * *
Del verbo entrar: ( conjugate entrar)
entré es:
1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo
entre es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
algo entre
entrar
entre
entrar ( conjugate entrar) verbo intransitivo
1 ( acercándose) to come in;
( alejándose) to go in;
hazla entre tell her to come in, show her in;
entró corriendo he ran in, he came running in;
¿se puede entre con el coche? can you drive in?;
había gente entrando y saliendo there were people coming and going;
¿cómo entró? how did he get in?;
entre en or (esp AmL) a algo ‹a edificio/habitación› to go into sth;
entró en el or al banco she went into the bank
2 (en etapa, estado) entre en algo ‹en periodo/guerra/negociaciones› to enter sth;
entró en coma he went into a coma
3a) (introducirse, meterse):◊ cierra la puerta, que entra frío close the door, you're letting the cold in;
me entró arena en los zapatos I've got sand in my shoesb) ( poderse meter):◊ ¿entrará por la puerta? will it get through the door?;
(+ me/te/le etc):
el zapato no le entra he can't get his shoe on;
no me entra la segunda (Auto) I can't get it into second (gear)
4 [ hambre] (+ me/te/le etc):◊ le entró hambre she felt o got hungry;
me ha entrado la duda I'm beginning to have my doubts;
me entró sueño I got o began to feel sleepy
5 ( empezar) to start, begin;◊ entró de aprendiz he started o began as an apprentice
6 ( incorporarse) entre en or (esp AmL) a algo ‹en empresa/ejército/club› to join sth;
‹ en convento› to enter sth;
el año que entré en or a la universidad the year I started college I've just joined the association
7 ( estar incluido):
¿cuántas entran en un kilo? how many do you get in a kilo?
verbo transitivo ( traer) to bring in;
( llevar) to take in;◊ ¿cómo van a entre el sofá? how are they going to get the sofa in?
entre preposición
1
está entre las dos casas it's between the two houses;
entre paréntesis in brackets;
cuando hablan entre los dos when they talk to each other
entre otras cosas among other things;
se perdió entre la muchedumbre he disappeared into the crowd;
entre estas cuatro paredes within these wallsc) (indicando cooperación, distribución):
le hicimos con regalo entre todos we all got together and brought him a present;
repártelos entre los niños/entre todos share them out among the children/between everybody
2 ( en expresiones de tiempo):
llegaré entre las tres y las cuatro I'll be arriving between three and four;
cualquier semana entre julio y agosto any week in July or August
3
■ adverbio (esp AmL):◊ entre más come más/menos engorda the more he eats the more/less he puts on weight
entrar
I verbo intransitivo
1 to come in, go in, enter: los ladrones entraron por la ventana, the burglars entered through the window ➣ Ver nota en ir
2 (encajar) to fit: esta llave no entra, this key doesn't fit
3 (estar incluido) to be included: eso no entra en el precio, that's not included in the price
4 (en una organización, partido) to join, get into: entró en el club, he was admitted to the club
5 (en una situación) to go into: el avión entró en barrena, the plane went into a spin
entrar en calor, to warm up
6 (comenzar) el mes que entra, next month, the coming month
7 (sobrevenir) to come over: le entraron ganas de llorar, he felt like crying
me entró un ataque de histeria, I went into hysterics
8 (agradar) no me entran las lentejas, I don't like lentils
II verbo transitivo
1 to bring in: entra las sillas, take the chairs in
2 Inform to enter
♦ Locuciones: entrar en la cabeza: no me entra en la cabeza que hayas hecho eso, I can't understand why you have done that
ni entrar ni salir, to play no part in the matter: en cuestiones sentimentales ni entro ni salgo, I steer well clear of touchy subjects
entre preposición
1 (señalando límites) between: ponlo entre tú y ella, put it between you and her
entre azul y verde, between blue and green
(con la colaboración de) lo haremos entre Pedro, Pablo y yo, Peter, Paul and myself will do it between us
2 (rodeado de) among(st)
estoy entre amigos, I'm among friends
(incluido en) está entre los primeros de la clase, he's among the best students of his class
En general, entre se traduce por between cuando se refiere a dos cosas y among o amongst (más antiguo) cuando se refiere a más de dos. Sin embargo, se puede emplear between, junto con un verbo de movimiento, cuando queremos indicar que un conjunto de cosas se dividió en dos grupos: El río fluye entre los árboles. The river flows between the trees.
' entre' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abismal
- abismo
- abordaje
- aclarar
- adherencia
- analogía
- apareamiento
- barrera
- bastante
- bastidor
- bien
- caballero
- caballo
- cada
- camaradería
- camino
- ceja
- cerrarse
- clara
- claro
- comillas
- compenetración
- competencia
- conexión
- confianza
- confundirse
- congruencia
- considerada
- considerado
- contarse
- corporativismo
- correlación
- cruce
- desnivel
- despertarse
- dicotomía
- diente
- disidencia
- distanciamiento
- dividir
- dividirse
- dudar
- economía
- entendimiento
- escaramuza
- escoger
- espada
- estragos
- estrechar
- estrechamiento
English:
ability
- alike
- already
- amid
- among
- amongst
- angular
- antagonism
- antipathy
- backstage
- barrel
- barrier
- behind
- between
- blue-collar
- bond
- bonding
- border
- bracket
- cement
- chip in
- choose
- chuckle
- circulate
- civilian
- clash
- close
- club
- connect
- connected
- dart
- derby
- devil
- differentiate
- discriminate
- distinction
- distinguish
- divide
- dole out
- enter
- entrails
- equal
- equality
- evenly
- exit poll
- export
- fall out
- fatalism
- feature
- fence
* * *♦ prep1. [en medio de dos] between;está entre mi casa y la suya it's between my house and hers, it's on the way from my house to hers;entre las diez y las once between ten and eleven o'clock;entre 1939 y 1945 between 1939 and 1945, from 1939 to 1945;entre paréntesis in brackets, in parentheses;no abre entre semana it doesn't open during the week;no hay punto de comparación entre la ciudad y el campo there's no comparison between the city and the countryside;la diferencia entre tú y yo es que… the difference between you and me is that…;era un color entre verde y azul the colour was somewhere between green and blue;su estado de ánimo estaba entre la alegría y la emoción his state of mind was somewhere between o was a mixture of joy and excitement;se encuentra entre la vida y la muerte she is fighting for her life;entre nosotros [en confianza] between you and me, between ourselves;que quede esto entre tú y yo this is between you and me;dudo entre ir o quedarme I don't know o can't decide whether to go or to stay;entre una(s) cosa(s) y otra(s)… what with one thing and another…;no tuve tiempo de llamarte entre unas cosas y otras between one thing and another I didn't have time to phone you2. [en medio de muchos] among, amongst;estaba entre los asistentes she was among those present;entre los celtas se solía… the Celts used to…;entre los médicos se considera que… most doctors believe that…;lo hicieron entre tres amigos the three friends did it between them;entre todos estoy seguro de que lo conseguiremos I'm sure we'll manage to do it between us;es el favorito entre los expertos the experts have him as the favourite;estuvo entre los mejores he was one of o amongst the best;no temas, estás entre amigos don't be afraid, you're amongst friends;desapareció entre la multitud she disappeared into the crowd;apareció de entre el humo it emerged from the smoke;entre hombres y mujeres somos más de cien there are over a hundred of us, men and women together;me regaló, entre otras cosas, una botella de whisky she gave me several things, including a bottle of whisky;tu principal defecto, entre otros, es que… your main defect, amongst others, is that…;lo encontré entre mis papeles I found it amongst my papers;entre sí amongst themselves;discutían entre sí they were arguing with each otherocho entre dos cuatro eight divided by two is four♦ entre que loc conjFam [mientras]entre que se levanta y se arregla, se le va media mañana it takes her half the morning just to get up and get ready♦ entre tanto loc adv[mientras tanto] meanwhile;haz las camas, entre tanto, yo lavo los platos you make the beds, in the meantime, I'll do the washing up♦ entre más loc advAndes, CAm, Méx [cuanto más] the more;entre más duerme, más cansado se siente the more she sleeps, the more tired she feels* * *prpentre las dos y las tres between two and threeentre nosotros among o between us;repartir algo entre tres split sth three ways3 expresando cooperación between;lo pagamos entre todos we paid for it among o between us;lo hicieron entre tres they did it between the three of them;la relación entre ellos the relationship between them;te cuento entre mis amigos I regard you as a friend4 MAT:ocho entre cuatro son dos eight divided by four is two, four into eight is two* * *entre prep1) : between2) : among* * *entre prep1. (dos cosas) between2. (más de dos cosas) among -
10 hoch
- {advanced} tiên tiến, tiến bộ, cấp tiến, cao, cấp cao - {dear} thân, thân yêu, thân mến, yêu quý, kính thưa, thưa, đáng yêu, đáng mến, thiết tha, chân tình, đắt, yêu mến, thương mến, trời ơi!, than ôi! dear me) - {deep} sâu, khó lường, khó hiểu, bí ẩn, thâm hiểm, sâu xa, sâu sắc, sâu kín, thâm trầm, ngập sâu vào, mải mê, miệt mài, đắm mình vào, trầm, sẫm, thẫm, thắm, vô cùng, hết sức, say, nặng, dày đặc..., khôn ngoan - láu, ranh mãnh, muộn, khuya, nhiều - {distinguished} đặc biệt, khác biệt, đáng chú ý, ưu tú, xuất sắc, lỗi lạc, distingué - {elevated} cao cả, cao thượng, cao nhã, phấn khởi, phấn chấn, hân hoan, hoan hỉ, ngà ngà say, chếnh choáng hơi men - {eminent} nổi tiếng, cao độ - {great} lớn, to lớn, vĩ đại, rất, cao quý, ca cả, tuyệt hay, thật là thú vị, giỏi, thạo cừ, hiểu rõ, hiểu tường tận - {high} cao giá, trọng, tối cao, cao cấp, thượng, trên, mạnh, dữ dội, mãnh liệt, giận dữ, sang trọng, xa hoa, kiêu kỳ, kiêu căng, hách dịch, vui vẻ phấn khởi, hăng hái, dũng cảm, cực đoan, hơi có mùi - hơi ôi, đúng giữa, đến lúc, ở mức độ cao, mạnh mẽ - {highly} lắm, tốt, với ý tôn trọng, với ý ca ngợi - {lofty} cao ngất, kiêu ngạo - {long (longer,longest) dài, xa, lâu, kéo dài, đáng kể, dài dòng, chán, quá, hơn, chậm, chậm trễ, trong một thời gian dài, suốt trong cả một khoảng thời gian dài, đã lâu, từ lâu - {noble} quý tộc, quý phái, huy hoàng, nguy nga, quý, đáng kính phục, đáng khâm phục - {old} già, già giặn, có kinh nghiệm, lão luyện, lên... tuổi, thọ, cũ, nát, rách, cổ, xưa, ngày xưa - {right} thẳng, vuông, đúng, phải, có lý, phái hữu, thích hợp, cần phải có, ở trong trạng thái tốt, ngay, chính, đúng như ý muốn, đáng, xứng đáng, hoàn toàn - {tall} phóng đại, không thật, khó tin, khoác lác, ngoa, khoe khoang - {up} ở trên, lên trên, lên, dậy, đứng lên, đứng dậy, đến, tới là một địa điểm quan trọng, hoặc một địa điểm ở phía bắc), hết, xong U.P.), cừ, thông thạo, to lên, mạnh lên, ngược lên, ngược, ở cuối = hoch (Ton) {highpitched; treble}+ = hoch (Preis) {expensive}+ = hoch (Strafe) {heavy}+ = hoch (Mathematik) {to the}+ = zu hoch (Musik) {sharp}+ = sehr hoch (Alter) {extreme}+ = fünf hoch n (Mathematik) {five to the n-th}+ = er lebe hoch! {three cheers for him!}+ = das ist mir zu hoch {it licks me; that beats me; that's beyond me; that's to deep for me}+ -
11 go
1. [gəʋ] n (pl goes [gəʋz]) разг.1. ход, ходьба; движениеcome and go - хождение туда и сюда /взад и вперёд/
the boat rolled gently with the come and go of small waves - лодка мягко покачивалась на мелких волнах
to be on the go - быть в движении /в работе/
he is always on the go - он всегда в движении; он никогда не сидит без дела
he has two books on the go at the moment - в настоящее время он работает (одновременно) над двумя книгами
2. обстоятельство, положение; неожиданный поворот делa near go - опасное /рискованное/ положение; ≅ быть на волосок от гибели /провала, разорения и т. п./
here's a pretty go!, what a go! - ≅ весёленькая история!, хорошенькое дельце!
it's a queer /rum/ go - странное дело
3. попыткаto have a go at - попытаться, рискнуть, попытать счастья
she was staying for another go - она осталась, чтобы сделать ещё одну попытку
let's have another go at this problem - давай ещё раз попробуем разобраться в этом деле
he had several goes at the examination before he passed - он не смог сдать экзамен с первого захода
4. 1) приступ2) порция ( еды или вина)3) что-л. выполненное за один раз5. сделка, соглашениеit's a go! - идёт!, по рукам, решено!, договорились!
6. разг. энергия, воодушевление; рвение; увлечение7. разг. успех; удача; успешное предприятиеto make a go of it - амер. добиться успеха, преуспеть
he is convinced that he can make a go of it - он уверен, что добьётся в этом деле успеха
no go - бесполезный, безнадёжный
it's no go! - не пойдёт!, невозможно!
8. редк. походка9. ход ( в игре); бросок ( в спортивных играх)10. карт. «мимо» ( возглас игрока в криббидж)♢
to give smb. the go - дать кому-л. сигнал или разрешение действовать; ≅ дать «добро»quite /all/ the go - последний крик моды; предмет всеобщего увлечения
first go - первым делом, сразу же
at a go - сразу, зараз
the great [little] go - студ. последний [первый] экзамен на степень бакалавра гуманитарных наук ( в Кембридже и Оксфорде)
2. [gəʋ] a амер. разг.he was a drag on me from the word go - с самого начала он был для меня обузой
быть в состоянии готовности; работать (безотказно) (об аппаратуре и т. п.)you are go for landing - ≅ разрешается посадка
3. [gəʋ] v (went; gone)she was suddenly in a go condition - она внезапно почувствовала, что готова ко всему
I1. идти, ходитьto go slowly [quickly] - идти медленно [быстро]
to go slow - а) идти медленно, не торопиться; б) быть осмотрительным; [ср. тж. ♢ ]
cars go on the road - по дороге едут /ездят/ машины
to go upstairs [downstairs] - подыматься [спускаться] по лестнице
they went over the river - они перешли /переправились через/ реку
he went to visit /to see/ her - он пошёл навестить /проведать/ её
to go in single file [in pairs] - идти по одному [парами]
you go first - а) вы идите первым /вперёд/; б) проходите, пожалуйста; в) ваш первый ход
2. направляться, следовать; ехать, поехатьto go to the country - поехать за город /в деревню, на дачу/ [см. тж. ♢ ]
to go abroad - поехать за границу [см. тж. ♢ ]
to go to France [to London] - поехать во Францию [в Лондон]
to go on a journey - поехать в путешествие; совершать путешествие
to go for a ride /a drive/ - поехать /отправиться/ на прогулку (особ. верхом, на велосипеде, в автомобиле)
to go on a visit - поехать /отправиться/ с визитом; поехать погостить
to go to a party - пойти в гости /на вечеринку, на вечер/
to go on a tour - а) отправиться /пуститься/ в путешествие; б) отправляться на гастроли /в турне/
to go (some) places - амер. разг. ездить /ходить/ по разным местам
3. 1) ездить, путешествовать, передвигаться (каким-л. способом)to go by land [by water] - ехать по суше [по воде]
to go by train [by bus, by tram, by rail, by steamer] - ехать поездом [автобусом, трамваем, по железной дороге, пароходом]
to go in a carriage [in a motor-car, in a ship, in a tram, in a trolley-bus] - ехать в экипаже [в автомобиле, на пароходе, в трамвае, в троллейбусе]
to go on foot - ходить /идти/ пешком
2) ходить, курсировать4. 1) уходить, уезжатьwe came at six and went at nine - мы пришли в шесть, а ушли в девять
it is time for us to go - нам пора уходить /идти, уезжать/
I'll be going now - ну, я пошёл
I must be going now, I must be gone - теперь мне нужно уходить
she is gone - она ушла /уехала/, её нет
be gone!, get you gone! - уходи!
2) отходить, отправлятьсяwhen does the train go? - когда отходит поезд?
the train goes from platform 5 - поезд отходит от платформы №5
one, two, three - go!, ready, steady, go! - внимание... приготовиться... марш!
5. 1) двигаться, быть в движенииI'd prefer to sit the way the train is going - я бы предпочёл сидеть по ходу поезда
to set smth. going - привести что-л. в движение
2) двигаться с определённой скоростьюthe train was going (at) fifty miles an hour - поезд шёл со скоростью 50 миль в час
to go at full drive /tilt/ - идти полным ходом
6. 1) работать, действовать, функционировать (о машине и т. п.)my watch is going too fast [slow] - мои часы слишком спешат [отстают]
the engine went beautifully all day - весь день машина работала превосходно
how do I make the washing machine go? - как включить стиральную машину?
2) жить, действовать, функционировать ( о человеке)he manages to keep going - он как-то тянет, ему удаётся держаться
7. 1) тянуться, проходить, пролегать, простиратьсяmountains that go from east to west - горы, тянущиеся /простирающиеся/ с востока на запад
how far does the road go? - далеко ли тянется эта дорога?
2) дотягиваться; доходитьI want a rope that will go from the top window to the ground - мне нужна верёвка, которую можно опустить с верхнего этажа до земли
8. 1) протекать, проходитьtime goes quickly - время идёт быстро /летит/
vacation goes quickly - не успеваешь оглянуться, а отпуск кончился
2) протекать; завершаться каким-л. образомhow is the evening going? - как проходит вечер?
how did the interview go? - как прошло интервью?
I hope all goes well with you - надеюсь, что у вас всё хорошо
how did the voting go? - как завершилось голосование?; каковы результаты голосования?
nobody knows how matters will go - никто не знает, как пойдут дела
what made the party go? - что обеспечило успех вечера?
9. 1) исчезать; проходить2) исчезнуть, пропастьhis hat has gone - у него исчезла /пропала/ шляпа
where's my pen? It's gone (off my desk) - где моя ручка? Она исчезла (с моего стола)
10. распространяться; передаваться11. передаваться (по телеграфу и т. п.)this message will go by mail /by post, in the post/ - это сообщение пойдёт по почте
12. иметь хождение, быть в обращении13. (обыкн. to) идти (на что-л.); брать на себя (что-л.); решаться (на что-л.)to go to a lot of [great] trouble to do smth. - приложить много [массу] усилий, чтобы сделать что-л.
he will not even go to the trouble of doing that - он не захочет даже и попытаться сделать это
to go so far as to say that! - дойти до того, чтобы сказать это!
14. 1) податься; рухнуть; сломаться, расколотьсяthe platform went - трибуна рухнула /обрушилась/
first the sail went and then the mast - сперва подался парус, а затем и мачта
there goes another button! - ну вот, ещё одна пуговица отлетела!
the fuse [bulb] went - перегорела пробка [лампочка]
the engine in the old car finally went - мотор в старой машине окончательно пришёл в негодность
2) потерпеть крах, обанкротиться3) отменяться, уничтожатьсяthis clause of the bill will have to go - эта статья законопроекта должна быть отменена /не должна быть принята/
whatever is not done yet must simply go - всё, что не сделано, придётся оставить как есть
4) (обыкн. с must, can, have to) отказываться; избавлятьсяthe car must go, we can't afford it - от машины придётся отказаться, она нам не по карману
15. 1) быть расположенным, следовать в определённом порядке2) храниться, находиться (где-л.); становиться ( на определённое место)where is this carpet to go? - куда постелить этот ковёр?
3) (into, under) умещаться, укладываться (во что-л.)the thread is too thick to go into the needle - нитка слишком толстая, чтобы пролезть в иголку
how many pints go into a gallon? - сколько пинт содержится в одном галлоне?
4) (обыкн. to) равняться16. заканчиваться определённым результатомI don't know whether the case goes for me or against me - я не знаю ещё, удастся ли мне выиграть процесс
which way will the decision go? - как всё решится?
17. 1) гласить, говоритьI don't exactly remember how the words go - я точно не помню, как это там сказано
how does the story go? - что там дальше в рассказе?
the story goes that he was murdered - говорят, что его убили
2) звучать (о мелодии и т. п.)the tune goes something like this... - вот как, примерно, звучит этот мотив
how does that song go? - напомните мне мотив этой песни
ducks go❝quack❞ - утки делают «кряк-кряк»
the guns went❝boom❞ - «бабах!» грохнули пушки [см. тж. III А 2, 4)]
18. 1) звонитьI hear the bells going - я слышу, как звонят колокола
2) бить, отбивать время19. умирать, гибнутьshe is gone - она погибла, она умерла
my grandmother went peacefully in the night - моя бабушка тихо скончалась ночью
after George went, she moved into a smaller house - когда Джордж умер, она переехала в дом поменьше
he is dead and gone - разг. он уже в могиле
20. 1) пройти, быть принятым2) быть приемлемымhere anything goes - разг. здесь всё сойдёт; здесь ты можешь делать, что твоей душе угодно
21. разг. выдерживать, терпеть22. справляться, одолеватьI can't go another mouthful - я больше ни глотка ( или куска) не могу съесть
23. ходить определённым шагомto go narrow [wide] - идти узким [широким] шагом ( о лошади)
to go above the ground - уст. ходить, высоко подымая ноги
24. спариватьсяII А1. 1) участвовать ( в доле)to go halves [shares, snacks, амер. fifty-fifty, уст. snips], to go share and share alike - делить поровну /пополам/; принять участие наравне (с кем-л.)
2) амер. разг. ставить (какую-л. сумму); рисковать (какой-л. суммой)how much do you go? - а) сколько вы ставите?; б) на сколько вы спорите?
2. 1) пропадать, слабеть (о слухе, сознании и т. п.)my voice has gone because of my cold - от простуды я потеряла голос /у меня сел голос/
2) разг. износиться ( об одежде)3. редк.1) сохраняться ( о пище)butter goes better in the refrigerator - масло сохраняется лучше в холодильнике
2) носиться (о ткани, одежде и т. п.)4. быть ритмичными ( о стихах)5. получать ( пособие)to go on the parish - получать приходское пособие по бедности, жить за счёт прихожан
to go on the dole - получать пособие по бедности; перейти на пособие
II Б1. to be going to do smth.1) собираться, намереваться сделать что-л.we were going to France but we changed our minds - мы хотели поехать во Францию, но передумали
she is going to spend holidays at a rest-home - она решила провести свои каникулы в доме отдыха
he is not going to be cheated - он не допустит, чтобы его обманули
2) ожидаться (о каком-л. событии)I'm going to be sick! - меня сейчас вырвет!
she felt she was going to be ill - она чувствовала, что заболевает
2. to go and do smth. разг. взять да сделать что-л.; пойти и сделать что-л.to go and fetch smb., smth. - сходить за кем-л., чем-л.
you've gone and torn my dress - ну вот, вы порвали мне платье
there now! if I haven't gone and lost my ticket! - и надо же было мне потерять билет!
3. to go about smth. /doing smth./1) заниматься чем-л.she went about her work with energy - она энергично занималась своими делами
we must go about it carefully - а) это надо делать осторожно; б) за это надо браться осторожно
2) приниматься за что-л.how does one go about getting seats? - что нужно делать, чтобы достать билеты /места/?
he didn't know how to go about building a boat - он не знал, как подступиться к строительству лодки
4. to go at smth. энергично взяться за что-л.let's go at this problem in a different way - давайте попробуем решить эту проблему по-другому
he went at his breakfast as if he'd never eaten for a week - он набросился на завтрак так, будто не ел целую неделю
5. to go at smb. набрасываться, бросаться на кого-л.6. to go against smth.1) двигаться против чего-л.to go against the tide - плыть против течения [см. тж. ♢ ]
2) идти вразрез с чем-л., противоречить чему-л.she went against her mother's wishes - она не послушалась своей матери; она поступила наперекор своей матери
3) юр. оспаривать что-л.; спорить против чего-л.7. to go against smb. быть против кого-л.; не подходить кому-л.it goes against me - это противно мне, это противоречит моим убеждениям
8. to go behind smth. пересматривать, рассматривать заново, изучать (основания, данные)9. to go beyond smth. выходить за пределы чего-л., превышать что-л.10. to go by /on/ smth.1) судить по чему-л.2) руководствоваться чем-л., следовать чему-л.it is a good rule to go by - вот хорошее правило, которым следует руководствоваться
I shall go entirely by what the doctor says - я буду делать всё, что говорит врач
we were just going on what you yourself had said - мы как раз действовали в соответствии с тем, что вы сами говорили
that's all the police had to go on to catch the killer - вот и все улики, которые были у полиции и по которым она должна была поймать убийцу
11. to go after smth., smb. домогаться чего-л., кого-л.he is going after Jane - он ухаживает /бегает/ за Джейн
12. to go for smb.1) разг. наброситься, обрушиться на кого-л.suddenly the lion went for his keeper - внезапно лев набросился на служителя
my wife went for me because I was late for dinner - жена выругала меня за то, что я опоздал к обеду
2) слыть кем-л.; быть принятым за кого-л.he went for an old man among the youth - молодёжь принимала его за старика /считала его стариком/
3) разг. увлекаться кем-л.; влюбиться в кого-л.I don't go for men of his type - мне такие мужчины, как он, не нравятся
13. to go for smth.1) разг. заменить что-л., сойти за что-л.this synthetic material may easily go for pure wool - эта искусственная ткань может легко сойти за чистую шерсть
2) стремиться к чему-л.; добиваться чего-л.will you go for the prize? - ты будешь бороться за призовое место?
when you offer him sweets he goes for the biggest one - когда ему предлагают конфеты, он всегда тянется за самой большой
3) увлекаться чем-л.do you go for modern music? - вы любите современную музыку?
14. to go for /at/ á certain sum of money продаваться по определённой ценеto go for nothing - продаваться за бесценок [см. тж. II Б 15]
the books went for a shilling [for so little] - книги были проданы за шиллинг [так дёшево]
there were good coats going at £50 - по 50 фунтов продавали хорошие пальто
going for £10!, going!, going!, gone! - продаётся за 10 фунтов!, 10 фунтов - раз!, 10 фунтов - два!, 10 фунтов - три! продано (за 10 фунтов)
15. to go to /in/ smth. расходоваться, уходить на что-л.half our money goes on food and clothes for the children - половина наших денег уходит на еду и одежду для детей
his time goes in watching television - он всё своё время тратит на телевизор
to go for nothing - пропасть, уйти впустую [см. тж. II Б 14]
16. to go to smth., smb.1) обращаться к чему-л., на кого-л.his eyes went to her - он взглянул на неё, он обратил свой взгляд на неё
2) прибегать к помощи; обращаться (к кому-л.)to go to law /to court/ - обращаться в суд
to go to law with smb. - возбуждать дело в суде против кого-л.
17. to go to smth. становиться кем-л.to go to the stage - стать актёром, пойти в актёры
to go to the streets - стать проституткой, пойти на панель
to go to school - ходить в школу; стать учеником, учиться в школе
to go to college [to the university] - стать [быть] студентом, учиться в колледже [в университете]
18. to go to smb.1) быть проданным кому-л.the house went to the one who made the highest offer - дом продали тому, кто предложил самую высокую цену
going to the gentleman in the third row! going, going, gone! - продано джентльмену в третьем ряду! продано - раз!, продано - два!, продано - три!
2) доставаться кому-л.19. to go through smth.1) тщательно, пункт за пунктом разбирать что-л.2) проделать, сделать что-л.let's go through the rehearsal without any interruptions - давайте проведём репетицию без всяких помех
3) пройти, быть принятым где-л. (о проекте, предложении)the plan must go through several stages - план должен пройти несколько инстанций
4) испытывать что-л., подвергаться чему-л.the country has gone through too many wars - эта страна перенесла слишком много войн
5) выдержать столько-то изданий ( о книге)6) обыскивать, обшаривать что-л.he went through his pockets looking for the key - он обыскал все карманы в поисках ключа
7) растратить, израсходовать (состояние, деньги и т. п.)he quickly went through his fortune [his savings] - он быстро растратил /промотал/ своё состояние [свои сбережения]
20. to go into smth.1) тщательно разбирать что-л., вникать во что-л.; расследовать, рассматривать что-л.to go into details /particulars/ - вдаваться в подробности
2) избирать (профессию и т. п.)to go into business - избрать карьеру делового человека; стать дельцом
to go into Parliament [into the Cabinet] - стать членом парламента [кабинета министров]
3) вступить в организацию, стать членом общества4) надеватьshe goes into woollen stockings in September - с сентября она начинает носить шерстяные чулки
21. to go before /to/ smb., smth.1) предстать перед кем-л., чем-л.you will go before the board of directors - вы предстанете перед советом директоров
2) передавать на рассмотрение кому-л., чему-л.your suggestion will go before the committee - о вашем предложении доложат комиссии
can this question go direct to the minister? - нельзя ли этот вопрос поставить непосредственно перед министром?
22. to go with smb.1) сопровождать кого-л., идти вместе с кем-л.shall I go with you? - хотите я пойду с вами?
2) быть заодно, соглашаться с кем-л.23. to go with smth.1) подходить к чему-л., гармонировать с чем-л.; соответствовать чему-л.the blue scarf goes well with your blouse - этот голубой шарф красиво сочетается с вашей блузкой
2) относиться к чему-л., быть связанным с чем-л.five acres of land go with the house - продаётся дом с прилегающим к нему участком в пять акров
3) быть связанным с чем-л.; соответствовать чему-л.the salary that goes with an office - жалованье, соответствующее занимаемой должности
24. to go without smth.1) обходиться без чего-л.2) не иметь чего-л.to go without money - не иметь денег, быть без денег
25. to go by /under/ á name быть известным под каким-л. именемto go by /under/ the name of... - быть известным под именем...
he went under a pseudonym - он был известен под псевдонимом, он носил псевдоним
26. to go under smb.'s name приписываться кому-л. ( об авторстве)that play generally goes under the name of Shakespeare - обычно эту пьесу приписывают Шекспиру
27. 1) to go to make up smth. составлять что-л., входить в состав чего-л.items which go to make up the total - пункты, из которых складывается целое
2) to go to the making of smth., smb. быть необходимым для чего-л., кого-л.what qualities go to the making of a pilot? - какие качества необходимы пилоту?
dressings that go to making a good salad - приправа, необходимая, чтобы приготовить вкусный салат
28. to go into á state приходить в какое-л. состояние29. to go into á condition входить в какое-л. положениеto go into anchor - мор. становиться на якорь
to go into the assault - воен. идти в атаку
to go into bivouac - воен. располагаться биваком
to go into the curve - а) войти в поворот ( бег); б) входить в вираж ( велоспорт)
30. ... as smth., smb. goes... как что-л. заведено...;... как другиеas things go - разг. при сложившихся обстоятельствах, как это водится, в нынешних условиях
that's not bad as things go - при существующем положении вещей это не так уж плохо
31. to go to show that... свидетельствоватьit all goes to show that he cannot be trusted - всё это свидетельствует о том, что ему нельзя доверять
your behaviour goes to prove that... - ваше поведение служит доказательством того, что...
32. smth. is going иметься, продаваться, подаваться и т. п.come along, there are ices going - идём скорее, подают мороженое
I'll have what's going - дайте мне, что у вас есть
are there any jobs going? - здесь есть работа?
are there any houses going? - здесь продают(ся) дома?
III А1. в сочетании с последующим герундием выражает действие, соответствующее значению герундия:to go (out) hunting /shooting/ - отправляться /ходить/ на охоту
to go out fishing [duck-shooting] - отправляться на рыбную ловлю [охотиться на уток]
to go shopping - отправляться за покупками; ходить по магазинам
he goes frightening people with his stories - он постоянно пугает людей своими рассказами
don't go doing that! - разг. не смей делать этого!
don't go saying that! - разг. не болтай ерунды!
1) находиться в каком-л. положении или состоянииto go free - быть свободным /незанятым/
to go hungry /empty/ - (вечно) быть /ходить/ голодным
to go armed - быть /ходить/ вооружённым, носить оружие
the differences between them go deep - их разногласия имеют глубокие корни
to go in fear (of smth.) - жить в вечном страхе (перед чем-л.)
to go strong - держаться, сохранять силу, не сдаваться
to be six months gone (with child) - быть на седьмом месяце (беременности)
to go native см. native II 2
2) делаться, становитьсяto go bad - испортиться; сгнить, прогнить, протухнуть
to go dry - высыхать, становиться сухим [см. тж. ♢ ]
she /her hair/ is going grey - она седеет
to go mad /mental/ - сойти с ума
to go queer in the head - а) помешаться; б) почувствовать головокружение
to go wrong - а) сбиться с пути, встать на ложный путь; ошибаться; поступать неправильно; б) не выйти, не получиться; в) испортиться, перестать работать; разладиться; г) испортиться, протухнуть ( о пище)
he went hot and cold - его бросало то в жар, то в холод
a man gone ninety years of age - человек, которому за 90
to go Conservative - стать /сделаться/ консерватором
to go apprentice - сделаться подмастерьем /учеником/
3) оставаться в каком-л. положенииto go unpunished - быть /оставаться/ безнаказанным
to go free /scot-free/ - оставаться свободным
4) издавать внезапный или отчётливый звукto go pop - выстрелить, грохнуть, бахнуть
to go snap - треснуть; с треском сломаться
to go flop - а) хлопнуться, плюхнуться; б) потерпеть неудачу, провалиться
to go fut, to go phut - а) лопнуть; б) сорваться, провалиться, лопнуть; потерпеть крах, неудачу; кончиться ничем; в) испортиться, сломаться
to go patter - а) стучать ( о каплях дождя); б) семенить ножками ( о ребёнке)
♢
to go to bed /to sleep/ - ложиться спать
to go to bye-bye - детск. идти бай-бай
to go the round of - а) совершать обход; б) циркулировать (о слухах и т. п.); переходить или передаваться из уст в уста
to go foreign - мор. жарг. уйти в заграничное плавание
to go far - а) хватить надолго; those potatoes won't go far when there are 10 people to feed - картофеля надолго не хватит, раз надо кормить целых десять человек; б) зайти далеко; перейти границы (принятого, допустимого); you've gone too far! - ну, это ты хватил!, в) многого добиться; the boy is clever and will go far - мальчик умный и многого добьётся
to go a long /good, great/ way - а) далеко пойти; б) далеко зайти, хватить через край; в) хватить надолго, быть достаточным (о деньгах, продуктах)
far gone - а) в последней стадии ( болезни); б) совершенно безумный; в) сильно пьяный; опьяневший
as /so/ far as it goes - поскольку дело касается, что касается, что до
it will go hard /ill/ with him - ему придётся плохо /туго/
to go smb. better - превзойти /перещеголять, затмить/ кого-л.
to go dry - амер. а) запретить продажу спиртных напитков; б) отказаться от употребления спиртных напитков; стать трезвенником; [см. тж. III А 2, 2)]
to go wet - амер. а) разрешить продажу спиртных напитков; б) начать пить
to go steady - иметь постоянного возлюбленного /-ую возлюбленную/
to go bail - а) юр. становиться поручителем, поручиться или внести залог (за кого-л.); б) разг. ручаться
go bail that... - ручаюсь, что...
to go downhill - а) катиться по наклонной плоскости; б) ухудшаться (о здоровье, материальном положении)
to go abroad - получить известность [см. тж. I 2], распространиться ( о слухах)
to go to the country - распустить парламент и назначить новые выборы [см. тж. I 2]
to go to Canossa - пойти в Каноссу, публично унижаться (перед кем-л.), испрашивая прощение
to let /to leave/ go - а) выпускать из рук; б) (от)пускать, выпускать; освобождать; let me go! - отпустите меня!; в) пропускать; г) перестать думать, выбросить из головы
let it go at that! - довольно!, будет!, пусть это так и останется!
I've let my music go - я запустил музыку, я перестал заниматься музыкой
to let judgement go by default - юр. заочно решить в пользу истца ( ввиду неявки ответчика)
go easy /slow/! - осторожнее!, потише! [ср. тж. I 1]
to go easy on smth. - амер. быть тактичным в отношении чего-л.; проявлять осторожность в отношении чего-л.
to go solid - амер. полит. жарг. придерживаться одного мнения, действовать единодушно
to be going some - амер. быстро /успешно/ продвигаться вперёд
to be going strong - а) быть полным сил; процветать; б) поступать безрассудно /опрометчиво/
to go one's (own) way /gate/ - идти своим путём, действовать самостоятельно, поступать по-своему
to go with the current /the tide, the stream, the crowd/ - плыть по течению
to go with the times /the tides/ - идти в ногу со временем
to go against the stream /the tide/ - а) идти /плыть/ против течения; б) работать в неблагоприятных условиях; действовать, преодолевая сопротивление /оппозицию/; [см. тж. II Б 6 1)]
to go on one's marks - спорт. выходить на старт
as you go!, as she goes! - мор. так держать!
to go down the drain - быть истраченным впустую [см. тж. drain I ♢ ]
to go over the top - а) воен. разг. идти в атаку ( из траншей); б) ринуться в атаку, начать решительно действовать, сделать решительный шаг
to let oneself go - дать волю своим чувствам; разойтись, увлечься
to go off the deep end - а) волноваться, приходить в возбуждение; б) амер. действовать сгоряча, принять необдуманное решение
to go out of one's mind /senses/ - а) сойти с ума, рехнуться, лишиться рассудка; б) быть вне себя от волнения
to go off one's head /груб. chump, nut/, to go round the bend - сойти с ума, помешаться, рехнуться, спятить; обезуметь, вести себя как безумный
to go off at a tangent - сорваться, странно себя повести или высказаться
to go off the hooks - а) умереть, протянуть ноги; б) сойти с ума, рехнуться, спятить; в) сбиться с пути, свихнуться
to go out of the world - умереть, покинуть бренный мир
to go the way of all the earth /flesh/, to go beyond the veil, to go home, to go to one's last /long/ home, to go to glory, to go to heaven, to go to one's long rest, to go to one's own place, to go over to the majority умереть, скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных, отправиться на тот свет, отправиться к праотцам, уйти на покой, покинуть этот бренный мир
to go west - а) закатываться ( о солнце); б) умереть, скончаться; в) исчезнуть, пропасть
to go (all) to pieces /rack and ruin, smash/ - а) развалиться; разбиться вдребезги, разлететься на части /на куски/; б) подорвать своё здоровье, выйти из строя; в) обанкротиться; вылететь в трубу; трещать по всем швам; г) погибнуть, пропасть
to go to blazes /to hell, to pot, to the devil, to the dogs/, to go to pigs and whistles - разориться; погибнуть; вылететь в трубу; провалиться, пойти ко всем чертям, пойти прахом
go to blazes /to Bath, to hell, to Jericho, to pot, to the devil, to thunder, to Hanover, to Halifax, to Putney, to Tunbridge, to grass/! - пошёл к чёрту!, убирайся к чёрту!
go fly a kite!, go jump in the lake!, go lay an egg!, go lay a brick!, go sit on a tack - амер. груб. проваливай!, не мешай!
to go the pace - а) мчаться, нестись во весь опор; б) прожигать жизнь, вести бурный образ жизни
to go all out - а) напрягать все силы, стараться изо всех сил; ≅ из кожи вон лезть; б) бежать изо всех сил
to go out of hand - а) выходить из повиновения; б) действовать тотчас же /немедленно, без подготовки/; в) амер. действовать опрометчиво /необдуманно, неосторожно/; проявлять несдержанность; г) завершать, оканчивать
to go all /to great/ lengths - идти на всё
to go the whole hog - а) делать (что-л.) основательно, доводить ( дело) до конца; б) ни перед чем не останавливаться, идти на всё
to go (home) to smb.'s heart - опечалить /огорчить/ кого-л.
to go home - а) доходить до сердца; найти отклик в душе; б) доходить до сознания
to go on a bat /the batter, the bend, the bust, the spree, the razzle-dazzle/ - закутить, запить, загулять
you may go farther and fare worse см. fare II ♢
go while the going's good - убирайтесь подобру-поздорову /пока не поздно/
to go it - а) действовать энергично; прилагать все усилия; б) говорить очень откровенно; в) обрушивать артиллерийский огонь
go it! - ≅ давай, давай!, валяй! ( выражает поощрение к действию)
to go it alone - действовать в одиночку, брать на себя всю ответственность
if no one can help, I'll go it alone - если никто не может помочь, я буду действовать сам /я сделаю всё сам/
to go it blind - действовать вслепую; поступать опрометчиво
go along with you! - а) проваливайте!; убирайтесь; б) хватит!, не несите вздора!
there you go! - ну (вот) поехал(а)!, опять (выражает досаду, недовольство)
there he [she] goes! - ≅ полюбуйтесь на него [на неё]!, хорош [хороша]!, как разошёлся [разошлась]!, нечего сказать!, ну и картина! ( восклицание удивления или неодобрения)
don't you go all polite on me! - откуда такая вежливость?
there it goes! - ≅ смотри(те)!, слушай(те)! (восклицание, чтобы привлечь внимание слушателя)
here goes! - а) ну, начали!; б) была не была!
go by! - карт. пас!
that /it/ goes for all of us - тут мы все заодно; мы все так считаем /думаем/
it /that/ goes without saying - само собой разумеется, совершенно очевидно
how goes it? - как дела?; как поживаете?; что слышно новенького?
how goes the world with you? - как идут у вас дела?
to go a-begging /begging/ - а) не иметь спроса /рынка/; б) быть вакантным ( о должности)
to go a-wool-gathering - быть рассеянным, витать в облаках
to go against the grain /the hair/ - быть не по вкусу /не по душе, не по нутру/; раздражать
to go to seed - а) пойти в семена; перестать развиваться; б) прийти в упадок; в) морально опуститься
go like this with your left foot! - сделай левой ногой так!
to go like blazes - мчаться, нестись во весь опор
to go like sixty /split/ - амер. мчаться, нестись во весь опор
-
12 dar la señal
(v.) = give + the word, give + the signalEx. So when the king gave the word his men pulled their tomahawks from under the coats and killed several and took the rest prisoners.Ex. He took a deep breath and thought about three things before giving the signal to escape.* * *(v.) = give + the word, give + the signalEx: So when the king gave the word his men pulled their tomahawks from under the coats and killed several and took the rest prisoners.
Ex: He took a deep breath and thought about three things before giving the signal to escape. -
13 run
1. [rʌn] nI1. 1) бег, пробегat a run - бегом [см. тж. ♢ ]
to cross exposed areas at a run - воен. преодолевать открытые участки перебежками
on the run - а) на ходу, в движении; to be on the run all day - быть весь день в бегах; б) второпях; [см. тж. 2) и 3)]
to keep smb. on the run - а) не давать кому-л. остановиться; б) не давать кому-л. покоя
to break into a run - побежать, пуститься бегом
to make a run for it - а) броситься куда-л. со всех ног; б) сделать перебежку куда-л. (под пулями и т. п.)
he took a short run and cleared the fence - он разбежался и перепрыгнул через забор
there was no run left in me - я больше не мог /у меня больше не было сил/ бежать
2) бегство; беспорядочное отступлениеto be on the run - поспешно отступать, бежать [см. тж. 1) и 3)]
to keep the enemy on the run - воен. не давать противнику закрепляться ( в ходе преследования)
3) побег; нахождение в бегахthe criminal was on the run - преступник был в бегах [см. тж. 1) и 2)]
he is on the run from the police - он скрывается /бегает/ от полиции
4) короткая прогулка (пешком, на лошади и т. п.); пробежкаto go for a run - а) пробежаться; б) проехаться (в автомобиле, на лошади и т. п.)
to go for a short run before breakfast - а) немного пробежаться /сделать небольшую пробежку/ перед завтраком; б) совершить небольшую (автомобильную, верховую и т. п.) прогулку перед завтраком
to give smb. a run - дать пробежаться
I was giving my dog a run in the park - я пустил свою собаку побегать в парке
2. короткая поездкаgood run! - счастливого пути!
3. рейс, маршрутship's run - маршрут /рейс/ корабля
the boat was taken off its usual run - судно было снято со своего обычного рейса
4. 1) переходtrial run - испытательный пробег [см. тж. II 1]
it is a two hour's run from London - это находится в двух часах езды от Лондона
2) ж.-д. перегон, прогон3) ав. полёт; перелёт5. 1) пройденное расстояние; отрезок пути2) ж.-д. пробег (локомотива, вагона)3) ав. отрезок трассы7. 1) тропа ( проложенная животными)2) колея ( след от транспорта)8. период, отрезок ( времени), полосаa run of success [of good luck] - полоса успеха [везения /удачи/]
a run of ill luck - несчастливая полоса, полоса невезения
9. 1) направлениеthe run of the mountains is S.W. - горы тянутся на юго-запад
2) геол. направление рудной жилы10. партия ( изделий)11. тираж (книги и т. п.)12. спорт. ( в крикете и бейсболе)1) единица счёта2) перебежка3) очко за перебежку13. 1) стадо ( животных)2) стая ( птиц)3) косяк ( рыбы)14. карт. ряд, серияa run of cards - карты одной масти, идущие подряд по достоинству; «стрит» ( в покере)
15. средний тип, сорт или разрядthe general run of smth. - что-л. обычное /среднее/
an ordinary run of cloth - обыкновенный /стандартный/ сорт ткани
the common /general, ordinary/ run of men - обыкновенные люди
out of the run - необыкновенный, из ряда вон выходящий, незаурядный
above the ordinary run of mankind - необыкновенный, незаурядный
not like the common run of girls - не такая, как все девушки
16. спросa run on rubber [on a book] - большой спрос на резину [на книгу]
the book had a considerable run - книга пользовалась спросом; книга хорошо распродавалась
a run on the bank - ком. наплыв в банк требований о возвращении вкладов, массовое изъятие вкладов из банка
17. разг. разрешение, право пользоваться (чем-л.)to have the run of smb.'s house - иметь право распоряжаться в чьём-л. доме
to give smb. the (free) run of one's house [books] - разрешить кому-л. (свободно, беспрепятственно) распоряжаться /пользоваться/ своим домом [своими книгами]
I had the run of a well-stocked library - в моём полном распоряжении оказалась богатая библиотека
18. 1) загон (для овец и т. п.)2) вольер (для кур и т. п.)3) австрал. пастбище, особ. овечье4) австрал. скотоводческая ферма19. амер. ручей, поток20. 1) сильный прилив, приток (воды и т. п.)2) амер. ток ( жидкости); истечение21. уклон, трасса22. обвал, оползень23. труба, жёлоб, лоток ( для воды)24. длина (провода, труб)a 500 ft run of pipe - пятисотфутовый отрезок трубы; труба длиной в пятьсот футов
25. размер ( стиха)26. 1) ход рыбы на нерест2) нерестящаяся рыба27. марш ( лестницы)28. мор. кормовое заострение ( корпуса)29. муз. руладаII1. ход, работа, действие (мотора, машины)test /trial/ run - испытание (машины, оборудования и т. п.) [см. тж. I 4, 1)]
an experimental run to test the machinery - опытный /пробный/ запуск агрегата
2. течение, ход (событий и т. п.)the run of the disease - ход /течение/ болезни
the usual /ordinary/ run of things - обычное положение вещей
the run of the market - ком. общая тенденция рыночных цен
3. демонстрирование, показ, просмотр (фильма, спектакля)the first run of the film - премьера кинофильма, выпуск кинофильма на экран
4. провоз ( контрабанды)5. ав. заход на цель (тж. bombing run)6. амер. спустившаяся петля ( на чулке)7. серия ( измерений)♢
at a run - подряд, один за другим [см. тж. I 1, 1)]
in the long run - в конце концов; в конечном счёте; в общем
to go with a run - ≅ идти как по маслу
prices [temperature] came down with a run - цены [температура] резко упали [упала]
to give smb. /to let smb. have/ a good run for his money - а) предоставить кому-л. все удовольствия на свете (обыкн. ирон.); б) заставить кого-л. побегать, поволноваться и т. п.
it's all in the day's run - это всё обычно, мы ко всему этому привыкли
2. [rʌn] athe run of one's teeth - бесплатное питание (обыкн. за проделанную работу)
1. жидкий; расплавленный; растопленный2. вылитый в расплавленном состоянии; литой3. отцеженный, отфильтрованный4. разг. контрабандный5. нерестящийсяrun fish - рыба, пришедшая в пресную воду на нерест
6. спец. мягкийrun coal - мягкий или сыпучий уголь; мягкий битуминозный уголь; рядовой уголь
7. диал. свернувшийся, скисший ( о молоке)3. [rʌn] v (ran, run)I1. бежать, бегатьto run fast [slowly, as hard as one can, like a deer] — бегать быстро [медленно, изо всех сил, как олень]
to run a mile — пробежать милю [ср. тж. II А 6, 2)]
to run about the streets [the fields] — бегать /носиться/ по улицам [по полям]
to run at smb.'s heels — бежать рядом ( о собаке)
to run past smb. — пробежать мимо кого-л.
to run after smb. — а) бежать за кем-л.; run after him — беги за ним!, догони его!; б) ухаживать, «бегать» за кем-л.
run after smth. — бежать за чем-л.
to run for smb. — сбегать за кем-л.
to run to smb. for help — побежать к кому-л. за помощью
she always runs to me in case of trouble — когда у неё неприятности, она всегда прибегает /обращается/ ко мне
I must run now — я должен уже бежать, мне пора (уходить)
2. гнать, подгонятьhe ran me breathless /off my logs, off my feet/ — он меня совершенно загнал, он меня загнал до изнеможения
3. убегать, спасаться бегством (тж. run away, run off)to run from smb., smth. — убегать от кого-л., чего-л.
to run for it — разг. удирать, спасаться, искать спасения в бегстве
to run for one's life /for dear life/ — разг. бежать /удирать/ изо всех сил
to run before the sea — мор. уходить от волны
to run out of range — воен. выходить за пределы досягаемости ( огня)
4. 1) двигаться, катиться, скользитьto run on rails — ходить /двигаться/ по рельсам
to run off the rails — а) сойти с рельсов (о поезде, трамвае); б) сбиться с пути (праведного); в) ≅ с катушек долой
the ship ran before the wind — а) корабль плыл с попутным ветром; б) мор. корабль шёл на фордевинд
life runs smoothly for her — её жизнь течёт гладко /спокойно/
2) амер. разг. катать в автомобиле (кого-л.)5. 1) ходить, следовать, курсировать, плаватьto run every three minutes [daily] — ходить каждые три минуты [ежедневно]
to run behind schedule — опаздывать, отставать от расписания
to run straight for — мор. идти прямо в
to run off the course — мор. сбиваться с курса
to run in with the shore — мор. идти вдоль берега
2) двигаться, идти ( с определённой скоростью)this train runs at 50 miles an hour — этот поезд делает /идёт со скоростью/ пятьдесят миль в час
we run from forty to fifty miles a day — мы проходим /делаем/ от сорока до пятидесяти миль в день
3) съездить (куда-л.) на короткий срокto run up to town (for a day or two) — съездить в город (обыкн. в Лондон) (на день-два)
to run up and visit smb. — съездить к кому-л. погостить
to run down to the country — съездить в деревню /в провинцию/ (обыкн. из Лондона)
4) ав. совершать пробег, разбег5) ав. заходить на цель6. 1) бежать, лететь, протекать ( о времени)time runs fast — время бежит /летит/
2) идти, происходить (о событиях и т. п.)7. проноситься, мелькатьthoughts run in /through/ one's head [mind] — мысли мелькают /проносятся/ в голове [в уме]
8. (быстро) распространятьсяa rumour ran through the town — по городу разнёсся /распространился, пополз/ слух
the news ran like wildfire /like lightning/ — новость распространилась с молниеносной быстротой
a murmur ran through the ranks — ропот пробежал /прокатился/ по рядам
a cheer ran down the line — возгласы одобрения /крики ура/ прокатились по строю
I felt the blood running to my head — я почувствовал, как кровь ударила /бросилась/ мне в голову
9. 1) тянуться, простираться, расстилатьсяto run north and south — тянуться /простираться/ на север и на юг
this line runs from... to... — этот маршрут проходит от... до..., эта линия соединяет...
2) ползти, виться ( о растениях)10. проводить, прокладывать11. 1) быть действительным на определённый срок2) распространяться на определённую территорию, действовать на определённой территорииso far as British justice runs — там, где действует британское правосудие
3) иметь хождение ( о деньгах)4) сопровождать в качестве непременного условияa right-of-way that runs with the land — земля, через которую проходит полоса отчуждения (шоссе и т. п.)
12. 1) течь, литься, сочиться, струитьсяthis river runs smoothly — эта река течёт плавно /спокойно/
wait till the water runs hot — подожди, пока не пойдёт горячая вода
blood ran in torrents — кровь текла /лилась/ ручьём
till the blood ran — пока не потекла /не показалась/ кровь
tears ran down her cheeks — слёзы текли /катились/ по её щекам /лицу/
her eyes ran with tears — её глаза наполнились слезами; из её глаз потекли слёзы
the kettle is beginning to run — чайник закипает /льётся через край/
the scolding ran off him like water off a duck's back — его ругают, а с него как с гуся вода
2) протекать, течьthis tap [barrel, pen] runs — этот кран [бочонок, эта ручка] течёт
his nose was running, he was running at the nose — у него текло из носу
his eyes run — у него слезятся /гноятся/ глаза
3) разливаться, расплываться4) таять, течь5) (into) сливаться, переходить (во что-л.)to run into one — сливаться, объединяться воедино
to run into one another — переходить один в другой, сливаться в одно
13. лить, наливатьto run water into a bath-tub — наливать воду в ванну, напускать ванну
14. 1) вращатьсяa wheel [a spindle] runs — колесо [шпиндель] вращается
to run (up)on an axis — а) вращаться вокруг оси; б) вращаться на оси
2) (on, upon) касаться (какой-л. темы и т. п.)his mind kept running on the problem — его мысли всё время вертелись вокруг этой проблемы; он всё время думал об этой проблеме
our talk /the conversation/ ran on recent events — мы всё время говорили /разговор шёл/ о недавних событиях
3) (over) касаться, слегка дотрагиваться до (чего-л.)15. гласитьthe story runs that (the bank will close) — говорят, что (банк закроется)
the proverb runs like this — вот как звучит эта пословица, эта пословица гласит
16. проходить; преодолевать ( препятствие)to run rapids — преодолевать пороги, проходить через пороги
17. линять18. амер., австрал. дразнить (кого-л.), приставать (к кому-л.), дёргать (кого-л.)19. стр. покрывать штукатуркойII А1. руководить (учреждением и т. п.); вести (дело, предприятие и т. п.)to run a business — вести дело, управлять предприятием
to run a factory — управлять фабрикой, быть управляющим на фабрике
to run a theatre — руководить театром, быть директором театра
to run the house (for smb.) — вести (чьё-л.) хозяйство
to run the show — разг. заправлять (чем-л.)
who is running the show? — разг. кто здесь главный?
2. 1) управлять ( автомобилем); водить (автобус и т. п.)to run the engine — запускать двигатель /мотор/
to run a car into a garage [off the road] — поставить автомобиль в гараж [съехать на обочину]
2) водить корабль без конвоя ( во время войны)to run (the) trials — мор. а) производить ходовые испытания; б) проходить ходовые испытания
4. работать, действовать ( о машине)the motor runs smoothly [very nice] — мотор работает ровно /спокойно/ [хорошо]
you mustn't let the machine run free /idle/ — ты не должен допускать, чтобы машина работала вхолостую /на холостом ходу/
an engine that runs at a very high speed — мотор, работающий на больших скоростях
5. 1) пускать ( линию); открывать (трассу, сообщение)an express train runs between these cities — между этими городами ходит поезд /есть железнодорожное сообщение/
2) отправлять (автобусы и т. п.) на линию, по маршруту6. 1) проводить (соревнования, бега, скачки; тж. run off)we are running a competition to find new dancers — мы проводим конкурс, чтобы выявить новых танцоров
2) участвовать (в соревнованиях, в беге, в скачках)to run (in) a race — участвовать в соревнованиях по бегу или в скачках
to run (a race over) a mile — участвовать в беге на одну милю [ср. тж. I 1]
3) занимать место (в соревнованиях и т. п.)to run second [third] — прийти вторым [третьим]
my horse ran last — моя лошадь пришла последней /заняла последнее место/
also ran — также участвовала (в соревнованиях и т. п. — о лошадях), но не заняла призового места [см. тж. ♢ ]
7. 1) демонстрировать, показывать (пьесу, фильм)2) идти (о пьесе, фильме)the film runs for nearly 21/2 hours — фильм идёт почти два с половиной часа
8. 1) перевозить, транспортировать ( груз)to run smb. into London — отвезти кого-л. в Лондон
2) провозить контрабандойto run liquor [drugs, arms] — нелегально /контрабандой/ провозить спиртные напитки [наркотики, оружие]
9. 1) преследовать, травить (зверя и т. п.)to run to earth — а) загнать в нору; б) скрыться в нору; в) выследить; найти, обнаружить; настигнуть; I was run to earth by Ben — Бен еле-еле разыскал меня; to run a quarry to earth — настичь, жертву; г) спрятаться, притаиться
2) преследовать ( по суду)10. подвергаться (риску, опасности)to run risks /hazards, chances/ — рисковать
we ran a chance of getting no dinner — мы могли /нам грозило, мы рисковали/ остаться без обеда
you run the danger of being suspected of theft — есть опасность, что вас заподозрят в краже
11. печатать, опубликовывать, помещать (в газете, журнале)to run a story on the third page — помещать /давать/ рассказ на третьей странице
12. 1) баллотироваться ( на пост)to run for parliament [for office, for president] — баллотироваться в парламент [на (какую-л.) должность, на пост президента]
2) выставлять ( кандидатуру)to run a candidate — выставлять /выдвигать/ кандидата
who(m) will the Republicans run against the Democratic candidate? — кого выставят республиканцы против кандидата (от) демократической партии?
13. выполнять ( поручение)to run errands — а) выполнять поручения; б) быть на посылках, на побегушках
to run messages — быть посыльным, разносить телеграммы и т. п.
14. болтать; распускать ( язык)15. спускаться ( о петле)16. смётывать (платье и т. п.); сшить на скорую руку (тж. to run up)17. идти ( на нерест)18. 1) плавить ( металл)2) лить, отливать ( металл)19. отставать ( о коре деревьев)20. ударить ( по шару), покатить ( шар — в биллиарде)21. диал.1) скисать, свёртываться ( о молоке)2) квасить, приводить к свёртыванию ( молоко)II Б1. to run across smb., smth. случайно встретить кого-л., что-л., случайно встретиться с кем-л., чем-л.; натолкнуться на кого-л., что-л.I ran across him in the street — я случайно встретился /столкнулся/ с ним на улице
2. to run against smth. наталкиваться, налетать, наскакивать на что-л., сталкиваться с чем-л.to run against a rock — наскочить на скалу, удариться о скалу
3. to run against smb. идти, действовать, выступать против кого-л.4. to run smth. against smth. столкнуть что-л. с чем-л.; стукнуть что-л. обо что-л.to run one's head against a wall — а) стукнуться головой о стену; б) прошибать лбом стену
5. to run smb., smth. against smb. выдвигать кого-л., что-л. против кого-л.6. to run at smb., smth. нападать, набрасываться, накидываться на кого-л., что-л.to run at smth. with a knife — броситься на кого-л. с ножом
7. to run into smth.1) налетать, наскакивать, наталкиваться на что-л., сталкиваться с чем-л.to run into a wall [into a tree, into a boulder] — налететь на стену [на дерево, на камень]
to run into a gale — мор. попасть в шторм
climbing higher, we ran into thick mist — поднявшись выше, мы попали в густой туман /оказались в густом тумане/
2) попадать в какое-л. положениеto run into danger [into mischief, into trouble] — попасть в опасное положение [в беду]
we expect to run into a few snags before the machine is ready for production — вполне возможно, что прежде чем машина будет готова к запуску в производство, в ней обнаружатся некоторые недоделки
3) достигать определённого количества, исчисляться определённой суммойthe damages ran into thousands — компенсация за убытки исчислялась тысячами /достигала нескольких тысяч/ (фунтов)
the ship runs into so many tons displacement — мор. корабль имеет водоизмещение, достигающее стольких-то тонн
8. to run into smb. случайно встретить кого-л., столкнуться с кем-л.to run slap into smb. — разг. налететь на кого-л., столкнуться лицом к лицу с кем-л.
9. to run smth., smb. into smth.1) втыкать, вгонять, вонзать что-л. во что-л.2) вводить, ставить; кого-л. в что-л.to run smb. into expense — ввести кого-л. в расход
to run smb. into difficulties — поставить кого-л. в трудное положение
10. to run smth., smb. into smth., smb. столкнуть что-л., кого-л. с чем-л., кем-л.; заставить что-л., кого-л. налететь, наскочить, натолкнуться на что-л., на кого-л.he lost control of the car and ran it into a lamp-post — он потерял управление и врезался в фонарный столб
11. to run on smth. = to run upon smth.12. to run out of smth. истощать запас чего-л.; иссякать (о запасах и т. п.)to run out of ammunition — воен. израсходовать боеприпасы
to run out of altitude — ав. терять высоту полёта
13. to run smth. over smth., smb. проводить чем-л. по чему-л., кому-л.to run one's hand [fingers] (down [up]) over his face [her] — провести рукой [пальцами] (вниз [вверх]) по его лицу [по ней]
to run an eye over smth., smb. — окинуть взглядом, бегло осмотреть что-л., кого-л.
he ran a rapid eye over the papers — он бросил быстрый взгляд на бумаги /газеты/, он быстро пробежал глазами бумаги /газеты/
14. to run smth. through smth. продевать, пропускать что-л. через что-л.to run a thread through an eyelet — продеть нитку в ушко /в петлю/
to run one's fingers [a comb] through one's [smb.'s] hair — провести пальцами [расчёской] по своим [по чьим-л.] волосам
to run a pen [a pencil] through smth. — зачеркнуть /прочеркнуть, перечеркнуть/ что-л. ручкой [карандашом]
15. to run smth. through smb., to run smb. through with smth. пронзать, прокалывать кого-л. чем-л.to run a sword through smb., to run smb. through with a sword — проколоть /проткнуть, пронзить/ кого-л. шпагой
16. to run through smth.1) бегло прочитывать /просматривать/ что-л.to run through the text [papers] — бегло /быстро/ просмотреть текст /бумаги/
2) разг. повторять (особ. вкратце)I'll just run through the main points of the subject — разрешите вкратце напомнить главные разделы этой темы
would you mind running through your proposals? — пожалуйста, перечислите вкратце ваши предложения
3) репетироватьI'd like to run you through that scene you have with Ophelia — я бы хотел повторить вашу сцену с Офелией
4) тратитьto run through money /fortune/ — промотать деньги /состояние/
17. to run over smth.1) бегло просматривать, пробегать (что-л. глазами)to run over a text [one's part, the names] — просматривать текст [свою роль, список имён]
2) повторять3) репетировать; прослушивать актёра, читающего рольjust run over my lines with me before the rehearsal begins — пожалуйста, послушайте мою роль, пока ещё не началась репетиция (всей пьесы)
18. to run to smth.1) тяготеть к чему-л., иметь склонность к чему-л.to run to fat — а) быть предрасположенным к полноте; б) разг. толстеть, жиреть; в) превращаться в жир
to run to sentiment — а) быть склонным к сентиментальности; б) быть сентиментальным
to run to any length /to anything/ — пойти на что угодно
to run to forgery — пойти на подделку (подписи, документов)
2) достигать (суммы, цифры)the increase may run to ten thousand pounds — увеличение может достигнуть суммы в десять тысяч фунтов
that will run to a pretty penny — это влетит /встанет/ в копеечку
3) хватать, быть достаточным19. to run (up)on smth. неожиданно, внезапно встретиться с чем-л., натолкнуться, наскочить на что-л.to run (up)on rocks — а) потерпеть крушение; б) натолкнуться на непреодолимые препятствия
to run on a mine — мор. наскочить на мину
20. to run smth. (up)on smth. натолкнуть на что-л., заставить наехать на что-л.21. to run smb. up /over, down/ to some place отвезти кого-л. куда-л.to run smb. up to town — отвезти кого-л. в город (обыкн. в Лондон)
22. to run with smb. преим. амер. общаться с кем-л.; водить компанию с кем-л.a ram running with ewes — баран, пасущийся с овечками
23. to run counter to smth. противоречить, идти вразрез с чем-л.III А1. становиться, делатьсяto run dry — а) высыхать; the river ran dry — река высохла /пересохла/; б) выдыхаться, иссякать
my imagination ran dry — моё воображение истощилось, моя фантазия иссякла
to run high — а) подниматься ( о приливе); б) волноваться ( о море); the sea runs high — море волнуется; в) разгораться ( о страстях); passions /feelings/ ran high — страсти разгорались /бушевали/; г) возрастать ( о ценах)
the tide is running strong — вода быстро прибывает, прилив быстро поднимается
to run low — а) понижаться, опускаться; б) истощаться, иссякать, быть на исходе; кончаться
supplies ran low — запасы были на исходе /кончались/
his funds [stores] are running low — его фонды [запасы] подходят к концу
to run short — истощаться, подходить к концу
I have run short of money, my money has run short — у меня кончились деньги, мне не хватило денег
to run wild — а) бурно разрастаться; the garden is running wild — сад зарастает; б) расти без присмотра; не получить образования; в) разойтись, разыграться; his imagination ran wild — его воображение разыгралось; г) не знать удержу, пуститься во все тяжкие
2. быть, являтьсяthe apples [pears] run large /big/ this year — в этом году яблоки [груши] крупные
they run in all shapes — они бывают разной формы /всех видов, всякие, разные/
to run in the blood /in the family/ — быть наследственным
courage [the collecting spirit, fondness for music] runs in the family — храбрость [страсть к коллекционированию, любовь к музыке] — это у них семейное
3. иметьI think I am running a temperature — мне кажется, что у меня (поднимается) температура
he always runs a fever if he gets his feet wet — его всегда лихорадит, если он промочит ноги
♢
an also ran — неудачник [см. тж. II А 6, 3)]
to run riot см. riot I ♢
to run the show — распоряжаться; быть во главе; ≅ командовать парадом
to run smth. close — быть почти равным (по качеству и т. п.)
to run smb. close — а) быть чьим-л. опасным соперником; б) быть почти равным кому-л.
to run to cover — уйти от /избежать/ опасности; принять меры предосторожности
to cut and run — убегать; удирать, спасаться бегством; бежать со всех ног; улепётывать
to run foul (of) — а) мор. столкнуться ( с другим судном); б) ист. брать на абордаж; в) поссориться; вступить в конфликт
to run oneself [smb.] into the ground — измотать себя [кого-л.]; совершенно измочалить себя (работой, спортом и т. п.)
to run smb. ragged см. ragged ♢
to run to seed см. seed I ♢
to run a mile (from) — бегать от кого-л.; изо всех сил избегать кого-л.
he was a bore whom everyone ran a mile from — он был занудой, от которого все старались избавиться
to run it /things/ fine — иметь в обрез (времени, денег)
to run out of steam см. steam I 3
to run rings round см. ring1 I ♢
to run before the hounds — забегать вперед, опережать события
to run the wrong hare — просчитаться, ошибиться в расчётах; пойти по ложному следу
to run aground — мор. а) сесть или посадить на мель; to run a ship aground — посадить корабль на мель; б) выбрасываться на берег
to run ashore — мор. выбрасываться на берег; приткнуться к берегу
to run a line [a rope] ashore — передать /бросить/ конец [трос] на берег
to run with the hare and hunt with the hounds — посл. ≅ служить и нашим и вашим; вести двойную игру
he who runs may read — посл. всякий поймёт, всякому доступно /понятно/ (о чём-л. лёгком, доступном для понимания)
-
14 AF
of* * *prep. w. dat.I. Of place:1) off, from;G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;land af landi, from one land to the other;hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;2) out of;verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.II. Of time; past, beyond:af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.III. In various other relations:1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;2) off, of;höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;3) of, among;hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;4) with;hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;5) of (= ór which is more frequent);húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;8) by, of (after passive);ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;9) on account of, by reason of, by;úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;af ástæld hans, by his popularity;af því, therefore;af hví, wherefor why;af því at, because;10) by means of, by;framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;af sínu fé, by one’s own means;absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;11) with adjectives, in regard to;mildr af fé, liberal of money;góðr af griðum, merciful;fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;12) used absol. with a verb, off away;hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.* * *prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.A. Loc.I. With motion, off, from:1. prop. corresp. to á,α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).II. WITHOUT MOTION:1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.C. In various other relations:I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.2. where an object is taken by force:α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words. -
15 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
16 run
1. n бег, пробегto break into a run — побежать, пуститься бегом
2. n бегство; беспорядочное отступлениеto be on the run — поспешно отступать, бежать
3. n побег; нахождение в бегах4. n короткая прогулка; пробежка5. n короткая поездка6. n рейс, маршрутmilk run — рейсовый перелёт; рейс
7. n переход8. n ж. -д. перегон, прогонrun time — время прогона; время счета
dry run — пробный прогон; формальный прогон
9. n ав. полёт; перелёт10. n пройденное расстояние; отрезок пути11. n ав. отрезок трассы12. n ав. пробег; разбег13. n тропа14. n колея15. n период, отрезок, полосаa run of ill luck — несчастливая полоса, полоса невезения
16. n направление17. n геол. направление рудной жилы18. n тиражbackup run — тираж, напечатанный начиная с оборотной стороны
run length — величина тиража, тираж
19. n спорт. единица счёта20. n спорт. перебежка21. n спорт. очко за перебежкуrun about — суетиться, сновать взад и вперёд
22. n спорт. стадо23. n спорт. стая24. n спорт. косяк25. n спорт. карт. ряд, серияa run of cards — карты одной масти, идущие подряд по достоинству; «стрит»
26. n спорт. средний тип, сорт или разрядout of the run — необыкновенный, из ряда вон выходящий, незаурядный
27. n спорт. спрос28. n спорт. разг. разрешение, право пользоваться29. n спорт. загон30. n спорт. вольер31. n спорт. австрал. пастбище,32. n спорт. австрал. скотоводческая ферма33. n спорт. амер. ручей, поток34. n спорт. сильный прилив, приток35. n спорт. амер. ток; истечение36. n спорт. уклон, трасса37. n спорт. обвал, оползень38. n спорт. труба, жёлоб, лоток39. n спорт. длинаa 500 ft run of pipe — пятисотфутовый отрезок трубы; труба длиной в пятьсот футов
40. n спорт. размер41. n спорт. ход рыбы на нерестrun idle — работать впустую; работать на холостом ходу
run flat — шина, остающаяся безопасной после прокола
42. n спорт. нерестящаяся рыба43. n спорт. мор. кормовое заострение44. n спорт. муз. рулада45. a жидкий; расплавленный; растопленный46. a вылитый в расплавленном состоянии; литой47. a отцеженный, отфильтрованный48. a разг. контрабандный49. a нерестящийсяrun fish — рыба, пришедшая в пресную воду на нерест
50. a спец. мягкийrun coal — мягкий или сыпучий уголь; мягкий битуминозный уголь; рядовой уголь
51. a диал. свернувшийся, скисший52. v бежать, бегатьto run mute — бежать за добычей, не подавая голоса
53. v гнать, подгонятьhe ran me breathless — он меня совершенно загнал, он меня загнал до изнеможения
54. v убегать, спасаться бегствомto run for it — удирать, спасаться, искать спасения в бегстве
run away — убегать, удирать
run off — убегать, удирать
55. v двигаться, катиться, скользить56. v амер. разг. катать в автомобиле57. v ходить, следовать, курсировать, плаватьto run behind schedule — опаздывать, отставать от расписания
run up to — доходить; дойти
58. v двигаться, идтиto run the venture — рисковать, идти на риск
59. v съездить на короткий срок60. v ав. совершать пробег, разбег61. v ав. заходить на цель62. v бежать, лететь, протекатьrun in — заглянуть; забежать; заехать
63. v идти, происходить64. v проноситься, мелькать65. v распространяться66. v тянуться, простираться, расстилатьсяthis line runs from … to … — этот маршрут проходит от … до …, эта линия соединяет …
67. v ползти, витьсяa rambling rose ran all over the wall — роза оплетала всю проводить, прокладывать
68. v быть действительным на определённый срок69. v распространяться на определённую территорию, действовать на определённой территорииso far as British justice runs — там, где действует британское правосудие
70. v иметь хождениеoutside the United States where our writ does not run — за пределами Соединённых Штатов, где наши законы не имеют силы
71. v сопровождать в качестве непременного условияa right-of-way that runs with the land — земля, через которую проходит полоса отчуждения
to run back over the past — перебирать всё то, что было в прошлом
72. v течь, литься, сочиться, струитьсяwait till the water runs hot — подожди, пока не пойдёт горячая вода
her eyes ran with tears — её глаза наполнились слезами; из её глаз потекли слёзы
73. v протекать, течьhis nose was running, he was running at the nose — у него текло из носу
74. v разливаться, расплываться75. v таять, течь76. v сливаться, переходитьto run into one — сливаться, объединяться воедино
to run into one another — переходить один в другой, сливаться в одно
77. v лить, наливать78. v вращаться79. v касаться, слегка дотрагиваться до80. v гласитьthe story runs that — говорят, что
81. v проходить; преодолевать82. v линять83. v амер. австрал. дразнить, приставать, дёргать84. v стр. покрывать штукатуркойСинонимический ряд:1. brook (noun) branch; brook; creek2. continuance (noun) continuance; continuation; duration; persistence3. course (noun) course; field; route; track; way4. group (noun) bevy; covey; crowd; flock; gaggle; group; herd; pack; school5. order (noun) chain; order; round; sequence; string; succession; suite; train6. period (noun) interval; period; spell7. series (noun) extent; motion; passage; progress; series; set8. standard (noun) average; ordinary; regular; standard9. stream (noun) burn; channel; rill; rivulet; runnel; stream10. tendency (noun) current; drift; tendency; tenor; trend11. trip (noun) trip12. become (verb) become; come; get; grow; wax13. bolt (verb) bolt; flee; fly; make off; skedaddle; skip; skirr14. carry (verb) carry; convey; ferry; transport15. challenge (verb) campaign; challenge; compete; contend; oppose16. chase (verb) chase; hunt; pursue; stalk17. climb (verb) climb; creep; trail18. continue (verb) carry on; conduct; continue; direct; keep; ordain; persevere19. drive (verb) drive; dug; maneuver; plunge; propel; rammed; stab; stuck; sunk; thrust20. driven (verb) driven; herded21. extend (verb) carried; cover; encompass; extend; led; make; reach; spread; stretch22. flow (verb) circulate; course; flood; flow; leak; pour; proceed; roll; stream23. flux (verb) dissolve; flux; fuse; melt; thaw24. function (verb) act; function; go25. functioned (verb) acted; functioned26. gone (verb) depart; exit; get away; go away; gone; left; pull out; quit; retire; run along; withdraw27. head (verb) administer; administrate; control; govern; head; manage; superintend28. herd (verb) herd; prod29. hunted (verb) chased; hunted30. hurried (verb) barreled; bucketed; bustled; fleeted; flitted; hasted; hastened; hurried; hustled; pelted; rocked; rocketed; rushed; scooted; scoured; skinned; smoked; sped or speeded; staved or stove; whirled; whisked; whizzed; zipped31. hurry (verb) barrel; barrelhouse; beeline; bucket; bullet; bustle; dart; dash; fled; fleet; flit; flown; get out; haste; hasten; highball; hotfoot; hurry; hustle; pelt; race; rock; rocket; rush; sail; scamper; scoot; scour; scramble; scurried; scurry; shin; shot; skin; smoke; speed; sprint; stave; whirl; whish; whisk; whiz; zip32. liquefied (verb) deliquesced; dissolved; fluxed; fused; liquefied; melted; thawed33. move (verb) actuate; impel; mobilise; move; propel34. number (verb) aggregate; amount; number; total35. place (verb) come in; finish; place36. play (verb) play; show37. range (verb) range; varied38. smuggle (verb) bootleg; smuggle39. turn (verb) refer; repair; resort to; turn40. used (verb) handle; operate; used; work -
17 Historical Portugal
Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims inPortugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and theChurch (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict untilUN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU. -
18 grand
grand, e [gʀɑ̃, gʀɑ̃d]1. adjectivea. ( = de haute taille) tall• quand il sera grand [enfant] when he grows up• tu es grand/grande maintenant you're a big boy/girl nowd. (en nombre, en quantité) [vitesse, poids, valeur, puissance] great ; [nombre, quantité] large ; [famille] large, bige. ( = intense) [bruit, cri] loud ; [froid, chaleur] intense ; [vent] strong ; [danger, plaisir, pauvreté] greatf. ( = riche, puissant) [pays, firme, banquier, industriel] leadingg. ( = important) great ; [ville, travail] big• je t'annonce une grande nouvelle ! I've got some great news!h. ( = principal) main• la grande difficulté consiste à... the main difficulty lies in...i. (intensif) [travailleur, collectionneur, ami, rêveur] great ; [buveur, fumeur] heavy ; [mangeur] bigj. ( = remarquable) greatk. ( = de gala) [réception, dîner] grandl. ( = noble) [âme] noble ; [pensée, principe] loftym. ( = exagéré) faire de grandes phrases to voice high-flown sentimentsn. ( = beaucoup de) cela te fera (le plus) grand bien it'll do you the world of good• grand bien vous fasse ! much good may it do you!2. adverb3. masculine nouna. ( = élève) senior boyb. (terme d'affection) viens, mon grand come here, sonc. ( = personne puissante) les grands de ce monde men in high places4. feminine nouna. ( = élève) senior girl5. compounds━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━The grandes écoles are competitive-entrance higher education establishments where engineering, business administration and other subjects are taught to a very high standard. The most prestigious include « l'École Polytechnique » (engineering), the three « Écoles normales supérieures » (arts and sciences), « l'ÉNA » (the civil service college), and « HEC » (business administration).Pupils prepare for entrance to the grandes écoles after their « baccalauréat » in two years of « classes préparatoires ». → CLASSES PRÉPARATOIRES CONCOURS ÉCOLE NATIONALE D'ADMINISTRATION* * *
1.
grande gʀɑ̃, gʀɑ̃d adjectif1) ( de dimensions importantes) ( en hauteur) tall; (en longueur, durée) long; ( en largeur) wide; (en étendue, volume) big2) (nombreux, abondant) large, biglaver à grande eau — to wash [something] in plenty of running water [légumes]; to wash [something] down [sol]
3) ( à un degré élevé) [rêveur, collectionneur, ami] great; [tricheur, joueur] big; [buveur, fumeur] heavy4) ( important) [découverte, expédition, nouvelle] great; [date] important; [rôle] major; [problème, décision] bigla grande majorité — the great ou vast majority
5) ( principal) main6) ( de premier plan) [société, marque] leading7) (brillant, remarquable) [peintre, vin, cause] great; [cœur, âme] nobleLouis le Grand — Louis the Great; esprit
les grandes classes — École the senior forms GB, the upper classes US
9) ( qualifiant une mesure) [hauteur, longueur, distance, valeur] great; [pointure, quantité, étendue] large; [vitesse] high10) (extrême, fort) [bonté, amitié, danger, intérêt] great; [bruit] loud; [froid] severe; [chaleur] intense; [vent] strong, high; [tempête] big, violentà grands cris — loudly; cas, remède
11) ( de rang social élevé) [famille, nom] great12) ( grandiose) [réception, projet] grand13) ( emphatique) [mot] big; [phrase] high-soundinget voilà, tout de suite les grands mots — there you go, straight off the deep end
2.
3.
adverbe wideouvrir grand ses oreilles — fig to prick up one's ears
4.
nom masculinles cinq grands — Politique the Big Five
5.
en grand locution adverbialePhrasal Verbs:* * *ɡʀɑ̃, ɡʀɑ̃d grand, -e1. adj1) (= de haute taille) tallIl est grand pour son âge. — He's tall for his age.
2) (= aîné)C'est sa grande sœur. — She's his big sister.
3) (= adulte)Il est assez grand pour... — He's old enough to...
4) (= gros, vaste, large) big, large5) (importance, stature) greatC'est un grand ami à moi. — He's a great friend of mine.
les grandes lignes CHEMINS DE FER — the main lines
6) (ampleur, degré)les grands blessés; Les grands blessés ont été emmenés à l'hôpital en hélicoptère. — The severely injured were taken to hospital by helicopter.
7) (intensif)Ça te fera beaucoup de bien d'être au grand air. — It'll be very good for you to be out in the open air.
2. adv3. nm/f1) (= élève, enfant) big boy, big girlIl est chez les grands maintenant. — He's in the senior school now.
C'est une grande, elle peut y aller seule. — She's a big girl now, she can go on her own.
2) (= personnage)4. nm* * *A adj1 ( de dimensions importantes) ( en hauteur) [personne, arbre, tour, cierge] tall; (en longueur, durée) [bras, enjambée, promenade, voyage] long; ( en largeur) [angle, marge] wide; (en étendue, volume) [lac, ville, salle, trou, édifice, paquet] large, big; [tas, feu] big; ( démesuré) [pied, nez, bouche] big; un homme (très) grand a (very) tall man; un grand homme brun, un homme grand et brun a tall dark man; plus grand que nature larger than life; ouvrir de grands yeux to open one's eyes wide;2 (nombreux, abondant) [famille, foule] large, big; [fortune] large; grande braderie big sale; pas grand monde not many people; faire de grandes dépenses to spend a lot of money; il fait grand jour it's broad daylight; laver à grande eau to wash [sth] in plenty of running water [légumes]; to wash [sth] down [sol]; à grand renfort de publicité with much publicity;3 ( à un degré élevé) [rêveur, collectionneur, travailleur, ami, ennemi, pécheur] great; [tricheur, joueur, lâcheur, idiot] big; [buveur, fumeur] heavy; grand amateur de ballet great ballet lover; c'est un grand timide he's very shy; les grands malades very sick people; c'est un grand cardiaque he has a serious heart condition;4 ( important) [découverte, migration, expédition, événement, nouvelle, honneur] great; [date] important; [rôle] major; [problème, décision] big; ( principal) main; c'est un grand jour pour elle it's a big day for her; une grande partie de la maison a large part of the house; une grande partie des habitants many of the inhabitants; la grande majorité the great ou vast majority; ⇒ scène;5 ( principal) main; le grand escalier the main staircase; le grand problème/obstacle the main ou major problem/obstacle; les grands axes routiers the main ou trunk GB roads; les grands points du discours the main points of the speech; les grandes lignes d'une politique the broad lines of a policy;6 ( de premier plan) Écon, Pol [pays, société, industriel, marque] leading; les grandes industries the big industries;7 (brillant, remarquable) [peintre, œuvre, civilisation, vin, cause] great; [cœur, âme] noble; c'est un grand homme he's a great man; les grands écrivains great authors; un grand nom de la musique a great musician; un grand monsieur du théâtre a great gentleman of the stage; Louis/Pierre le Grand Louis/Peter the Great; les grands noms du cinéma/de la littérature indienne the big names of the cinema/of Indian literature; de grande classe [produit] high-class; [exploit] admirable; ⇒ esprit;8 ( âgé) [frère, sœur] elder; [élève] senior GB, older; ( adulte) grown-up; mon grand frère my elder brother; les grandes classes Scol the senior forms GB, the upper classes US; quand il sera grand when he grows up; mes enfants sont grands my children are quite old; une grande fille comme toi! a big girl like you!; 12 ans! tu es assez grand pour te débrouiller 12 years old! you're old enough to cope;9 ( qualifiant une mesure) [hauteur, longueur, distance, poids, valeur, âge] great; [dimensions, taille, pointure, quantité, nombre, étendue] large; [vitesse] high; [kilomètre, mois, heure] good; il est grand temps que tu partes it's high time you were off ou you went;10 (intense, extrême, fort) [bonté, lâcheté, pauvreté, amitié, chagrin, faim, danger, différence, intérêt] great; [bruit] great, loud; [froid] severe; [chaleur] intense; [vent] strong, high; [tempête] big, violent; avec grand plaisir with great ou much pleasure; dans le plus grand secret in great secrecy; d'une grande bêtise/timidité very ou extremely stupid/shy; à ma grande honte/surprise much to my shame/surprise; sans grand espoir/enthousiasme without much hope/enthusiasm; sans grande importance not very important; il n'y a pas grand mal à cela/à faire there isn't much harm in that/in doing; avoir grand faim/soif to be very hungry/thirsty; avoir grand besoin de to be badly in need of; ça te ferait le plus grand bien it would do you a world of good; à grands cris loudly; ⇒ cas, remède;11 ( de rang social élevé) [famille, nom] great; grande dame great lady; la grande bourgeoisie the upper middle class;12 ( grandiose) [réception] grand; grands projets grand designs; avoir grande allure, avoir grand air to look very impressive;13 ( emphatique) [mot] big; [phrase] high-sounding; un grand merci a big thank you; faire de grands gestes to wave one's arms about; et voilà, tout de suite les grands mots there you go, straight off the deep end.B nm,f1 ( enfant) big boy/girl; Scol senior GB ou older pupil; il a fait ça tout seul comme un grand he did it all by himself like a big boy; il fait le ménage comme un grand he does the housework like a grown-up; pour les grands et les petits for old and young alike;C adv wide; ouvrir grand la bouche to open one's mouth wide; ouvrir tout grand les bras to throw one's arms open; les fenêtres sont grand(es) ouvertes the windows are wide open; ouvrir la porte toute grande to open the door wide; ouvrir grand ses oreilles fig to prick up one's ears; ouvrir tout grand son cœur fig to open one's heart; les bottes chaussent grand the boots are large-fitting; leurs vêtements taillent grand their clothes are cut on the large side; voir grand fig to think big.D nm ( pays) big power; ( entreprise) leader, big name; les grands de ce monde the great and the good; Pol the world's leaders; les cinq grands Pol the Big Five; les grands de l'automobile the top car manufacturers; c'est un grand de la publicité he's big in advertising.E en grand loc adv [ouvrir] wide, completely; faire de l'élevage en grand to breed animals on a large scale; quand ils reçoivent, ils font les choses en grand when they entertain they do things on the grand scale or they really go to town○.grand argentier Hist royal treasurer; hum keeper of the nation's purse, Finance minister; le grand art alchemy; grand banditisme organized crime; grand bassin ( de piscine) main pool; Anat upper pelvis; grand cacatois main royal sail; grand caniche standard poodle; le grand capital Écon big money, big investors pl; grand commis de l'État top civil servant; grand coq de bruyère capercaillie; grand corbeau raven; grand couturier couturier; grand débutant absolute beginner; grand duc Zool eagle owl; grand écart Danse, Sport splits (sg); faire le grand écart to do the splits; le grand écran the big screen; grand électeur ( en France) elector who votes in the elections for the French Senate; ( aux États-Unis) presidential elector; grand ensemble high-density housing complex; la vie dans les grands ensembles high-rise living; grand d'Espagne Spanish grandee; grand foc outer jib; grand frais Météo moderate gale; grand hunier main topsail; grand hunier fixe lower main topsail; grand hunier volant upper main topsail; grand invalide civil, GIC civilian who is registered severely disabled; grand invalide de guerre, GIG Prot Soc ex-serviceman who is registered severely disabled; le grand large Naut the high seas (pl); grand magasin Comm department store; grand maître ( aux échecs) grand master; grand maître de l'ordre des Templiers Hist Grand Master of the Knights Templar; grand mât Naut mainmast; le grand monde high society; le Grand Nord Géog the Far North; Grand Œuvre Great Work; grand officier de la Légion d'Honneur high-ranking officer of the Legion of HonourGB; le Grand Orient the Grand Lodge of France; grand panda giant panda; Grand Pardon Day of Atonement; grand patron Méd senior consultant GB, head doctor US; grand perroquet Naut main topgallant sail; grand prêtre Relig, fig high priest; grand prix Courses Aut, Sport grand prix; le grand public the general public; Comm produit grand public consumer product; grand quart Naut six-hour watch; Grand quartier général, GQG Mil General Headquarters, GHQ; grand quotidien Presse big national daily; grand roque Jeux ( aux échecs) castling long; le Grand Siècle Hist the 17th century (in France); grand teint colourfastGB; grand tétras capercaillie; grand tourisme Courses Aut, Aut GT, gran turismo; le Grand Turc the Sultan; grand veneur Chasse master of the hounds; grande Armée Hist Grande Armée (Napoleon's army); grande Baie Australienne Géog Great Australian Bight; la grande banlieue the outer suburbs (pl); Grande Barrière (de Corail) Géog Great Barrier Reef; la grande bleue the sea; la grande cuisine Culin haute cuisine; grande distribution Écon volume retailing; grand école higher education institution; la Grande Guerre Hist the First World War; grande gueule○ loud mouth○; grande hune Naut maintop; la grande muette the army; la grande muraille de Chine Géog the Great Wall of China; grande personne grown-up, adult; la grande presse Presse the popular dailies (pl); grande puissance Pol superpower; grande roue ( de foire) big wheel GB, Ferris wheel US; grande série Comm mass production; fabriqué en grande série mass-produced; grande surface Comm supermarket; grandes eaux fountains; fig ( pleurs) waterworks; dès qu'on la gronde, ce sont les grandes eaux the minute you tell her off, she turns on the waterworks; grandes lignes Rail main train routes; grandes marées spring tides; grandes ondes Radio long wave (sg); Grandes Plaines Géog Great Plains; les grands blessés the seriously injured; grands corps de l'État Admin senior branches of the civil service; grands espaces Écol open spaces; grands fauves Zool big cats; grands fonds Naut ocean depths; les grands froids the cold of winter; Grands Lacs Géog Great Lakes; grands singes Zool great apes; ⇒ école, voyage.ⓘ Grande école A prestigious third-level institution where admission is usually by competitive entrance examination or concours. Places are much sought after as they are widely considered to guarantee more promising career prospects than the standard university institutions. Many grandes écoles specialize in particular disciplines or fields of study, e.g. ENA, Sciences Po, etc.( féminin grande) [grɑ̃, grɑ̃d] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet [grɑ̃t]) adjectifA.[ASPECT QUANTITATIF]grand A/B/C capital A/B/Cune grande tour a high ou tall towerun grand fleuve a long ou big riveravoir de grands pieds to have big ou large feetmarcher à grands pas to walk with great ou long strides3. [d'un certain âge - être humain] big[aîné - frère, sœur] big4. [qui dure longtemps] long5. [intense, considérable] greatpendant les grandes chaleurs in high summer, in ou at the height of summerun grand incendie a major ou great firela grande majorité de the great ou vast majority ofils plongent à une grande profondeur they dive very deep ou to a great depth7. [entier]elle m'a fait attendre une grande heure/semaine she made me wait a good hour/a good week9. GÉOGRAPHIE10. ZOOLOGIEB.[ASPECT QUALITATIF]les grands problèmes de notre temps the main ou major ou key issues of our timece sont de grands amis they're great ou very good friendsles grands blessés/brûlés/invalides the seriously wounded/burned/disabled3. [puissant, influent - banque] top ; [ - industriel] top, leading, major ; [ - propriétaire, famille] important ; [ - personnage] great4. [dans une hiérarchie]les grands dignitaires du régime the leading ou important dignitaries of the regime5. [noble]avoir grand air ou grande allure to carry oneself well, to be imposing6. [généralementéreux]il a un grand cœur he's big-hearted, he has a big heart7. [exagéré] biggrands mots high-sounding words, high-flown language8. [fameux, reconnu] greatun grand journaliste a great ou top journalistil ne descend que dans les grands hôtels he only stays in the best hotels ou the most luxurious hotelsle grand film de la soirée tonight's big ou feature filmles grandes dates de l'histoire de France the great ou most significant dates in French history9. HISTOIRE10. [omnipotent, suprême] greatC.[EN INTENSIF]sans grand enthousiasme/intérêt without much enthusiasm/interestsa grande fierté, c'est son jardin he's very proud of ou he takes great pride in his gardenun grand merci à ta sœur lots of thanks to ou a big thank you to your sistercette cuisine a grand besoin d'être nettoyée this kitchen really needs ou is in dire need of a cleantoute la famille au grand complet the whole family, every single member of the familyjamais, au grand jamais je n'accepterai never in a million years will I acceptà sa grande surprise much to his surprise, to his great surprise————————, grande [grɑ̃, grɑ̃d] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet [grɑ̃t]) nom masculin, nom féminin1. [enfant - d'un certain âge][en appellatif]merci mon grand! thanks, son!allons, ma grande, ne pleure pas! come on now, love, don't cry!comme un grand: je me débrouillerai tout seul, comme un grand/toute seule, comme une grande I'll manage on my own, like a big boy/a big girl[en appellatif]alors, ma grande, tu as pu te reposer un peu? well dear, did you manage to get some rest?[personne de grande taille]pour la photo, les grands se mettront derrière for the photo, tall people ou the taller people will stand at the back————————adverbe1. [vêtement]2. (locution)3. [largement]4. ART————————nom masculin1. PHILOSOPHIE → link=infiniment infiniment2. [entrepreneur, industriel]les grands de l'automobile the major ou leading car manufacturers————————grands nom masculin plurielÉCONOMIE & POLITIQUEles grands [les puissants] the rich (and powerful)les grands de ce monde the people in (positions of) power ou in high places————————en grand locution adverbiale[complètement] on a large scaleil faut aérer la maison en grand the house needs a thorough ou good airinggrande école nom féminingrand ensemble nom masculingrande surface nom fémininThe grandes écoles are relatively small and highly respected higher education establishments. Admission is usually only possible after two years of intensive preparatory studies and a competitive entrance examination. Most have close links with industry. The grandes écoles include l'École des hautes études commerciales or HEC (management and business), l'École polytechnique or l'X (engineering) and l'École normale supérieure (teacher training). -
19 pass
[pɑːs] 1. сущ.1)а) проход, путь, дорога прям. и перен.б) ущелье; перевалSyn:в) воен. стратегически важный проход; стратегическое укрепление, высотаSyn:г) фарватер, пролив, судоходный каналд) переулок, проулок, узкая улица2)а) прохождение, проход, проезд, переходPrimary function of the subsystem is to correct the flight trajectory to assure a close pass by Mars. — Основная функция подсистемы - это корректировать траекторию полёта, чтобы обеспечить прохождение в максимальной близости от Марса.
Syn:б) уход из жизни, смертьв) карт. пасг) информ. передача, пересылка; проход, просмотр3) оценка "зачёт"; сдача экзамена4) стечение обстоятельств, сложившаяся ситуацияThings have come to a pretty pass. — Дела приняли скверный оборот.
Syn:5)а) пропускб) воен. увольнительнаяThe soldier had a weekend pass. — Солдат получил увольнительную на неделю.
г) контрамарка6) выпад ( в фехтовании)Syn:7) пасс, движение рук (гипнотизёра, фокусника, жонглёра); фокус- make the pass- make a pass at smb.Syn:8) спорт. пас, передача, бросокto complete / throw a pass — делать, выполнять бросок
touchdown pass — гол ( в регби)
••- bring to pass- come to pass
- hold the pass
- pass in review 2. гл.1)а) идти; проходить, проезжатьto pass unheeded / unnoticed — проходить незамеченным
Pass right along, please! — Проходите мимо, пожалуйста!
The guard allowed the visitor to pass. — Охранник разрешил посетителю пройти.
She passed close by me without a sign of recognition. — Она прошла мимо меня и не узнала.
I've never passed the spot without thinking of her. — Я никогда не проходил мимо этого места, не вспомнив о ней.
Syn:б) идти, проходить, тянуться ( о дороге)The path passes round a bay, where there is a solitary cottage. — Тропинка бежит вокруг залива, в окрестностях которого стоит одинокий коттедж.
2)а) пересекать, переходить, переезжать; переправлятьсяSyn:б) переправлять, перевозитьSyn:3) ходить, циркулировать, распространяться"Freddy's parents were trying to pass," she went on sombrely. "Like so many rich German Jews." — "Родители Фредди старались скрыть своё происхождение", - продолжала она грустно. - "Как многие богатые немецкие евреи."
5)а) переходить (из одних рук в другие, из одного места в другое); переходить по наследствуб) превращаться, переходить ( из одного состояния в другое), менятьсяA substance passes from the solid to the liquid state. — Вещество переходит из твёрдого состояния в жидкое.
The sky was a deep pink, passing into gold. — Небо было тёмно-розового цвета, постепенно переходящего в золотой.
в) ( pass into) становиться частьюThe deeds of these few brave men have passed into history. — Дела этих храбрецов вошли в историю.
6) обмениваться (репликами, информацией, письмами)The Count entered. Salutations passed. — Вошёл граф. Произошёл обмен приветствиями.
7)а) уходить, оставлять, покидатьб) отклоняться, отходить8) эвф.;.= pass on, = pass away, = pass over уйти, отойти ( умереть)to pass to God / heaven — отправиться к Богу, на небеса
to pass away by smth. — умереть от чего-л.
I'm sorry to hear that your favourite uncle passed over last week. — С прискорбием узнал, что ваш любимый дядя скончался на прошлой неделе.
There passed from among us a man who held a high position in English literature. — От нас ушёл человек, который занимал важное место в английской литературе.
About 6 o'clock he was seen to turn on his left side, breathe a deep sigh, and pass hence. — Около 6 часов заметили, как он повернулся на левый бок, глубоко вздохнул и отошёл.
Syn:9)а) идти, проходить, пролетать ( о времени)Time passes quickly on vacation. — На отдыхе время проходит быстро.
Syn:б) проходить, кончаться, прекращаться; исчезатьWait for the rain to pass. — Подожди, пока пройдёт дождь.
The danger has passed. — Опасность миновала.
10) мелькнуть, появиться11) предолевать ( цензуру); проходить ( без проверки или испытания); удаваться, быть успешным (в качестве уловки, трюка)12)а) принимать, утверждать (закон, резолюцию)Congress is expected to pass the bill. — Ожидается, что конгресс утвердит законопроект.
б) быть принятым, быть одобренным ( законодательном органом)The bill passed without substantial alteration. — Законопроект был принят без существенных изменений.
13)Very few could pass even the most elementary examination. — Очень немногие могли сдать даже самый простой экзамен.
My son hopes to pass for a lawyer. — Мой сын надеется сдать экзамен на адвоката.
б) ставить зачёт; пропускать ( экзаменующегося)в) ( pass into) поступить в ( учебное заведение)It is not easy to pass into this medical school. — На этот медицинский факультет поступить непросто.
г) ( pass through) пройти, окончить курс (в колледже, университете)He passed through three years of college without really learning anything. — Он три года проучился в колледже, но толком ничему не научился.
14) происходить, случаться, иметь местоI saw what was passing. — Я видел, что происходило.
Tell no one of the secret that has passed between us. — Никому не говори о том, что между нами произошло.
Syn:15)а) = pass (up)on выносить (решение, приговор)to pass the death sentence on smb. — вынести кому-л. смертный приговор
Syn:б) быть вынесенным (о решении, приговоре)The verdict and judgment passed for the defendant. — Решение присяжных и суда было вынесено в пользу ответчика.
16) спорт. делать выпад ( в фехтовании)Syn:17) делать пассы, перемещать объекты с одного места на другое ( при демонстрации фокусов)18) карт. пасовать, объявлять "пас"19)а) пропускать, опускать, не упоминатьб) проходить незамеченным, сходитьLet that pass. — Не будем об этом говорить.
20) = pass through испытывать, выносить, выдерживатьSyn:21)а) обгонять, опережатьSyn:б) превышать, превосходить; выходить за пределы, переходить границыDick has already passed his father in height. — Дик уже выше своего отца.
It passes all comprehension. — Это превосходит всякое понимание.
Syn:22) проводить (чем-л. по чему-л.); помещатьto pass a wet sponge over smth. — провести мокрой губкой по чему-л.
to pass smth. through a filter — пропускать что-л. через фильтр
He passed his sword through his enemy's body. — Он пронзил врага мечом.
Pass your eyes over this letter. — Просмотрите это письмо.
He passed his hand across his forehead. — Он провёл рукой по лбу.
You'd look neater if you passed a comb through your hair now and again. — Ты бы выглядел приличнее, если бы иногда причёсывался.
Passing his hand through the hole, he could feel a hard object. — Засунув руку в дыру, он нашёл что-то твёрдое.
23) проводить, коротатьMother passes her time knitting. — Мама всё время вяжет.
24)а) передаватьto pass the word — передать устно информацию; отдавать приказ
to pass round the hat — пустить шапку по кругу, устроить сбор пожертвований
Please pass me the salt. — Передай мне, пожалуйста, соль.
Pass the news along. — Передай эту новость дальше.
When you've read the letter, will you pass it back to me? — Когда прочтёшь письмо, отдай мне его обратно.
Syn:б) спорт. пасовать, передавать мяч ( в футболе)г) быть в обращении, иметь хождение ( о деньгах)This coin will not pass. — Эту монету не примут.
25) давать (слово, клятву, обещание)26)а) издавать, произносить, высказыватьto pass a remark — высказать мнение, сделать замечание
He called her Fatty and passed remarks about her figure. — Он называл её Толстушкой и отпускал всякие замечания относительно её фигуры.
Syn:б) читать, зачитывать, оглашать ( в официальном порядке)•- pass as- pass away
- pass by
- pass down
- pass in
- pass off
- pass on
- pass out
- pass over
- pass up••to pass by on the other side — не оказать помощи, не проявить сочувствия
to pass in one's checks — разг. умереть
-
20 sleep
sli:p
1. сущ.
1) сон to get/have a good night's sleep ≈ хорошо спать ночью to induce sleep ≈ вызывать сон to lose sleep over ≈ не спать, переживая о one's beauty sleep ≈ сон днем (особенно перед обедом, балом, вечером и т. п.) ;
первые часы сна (до полуночи) deep sleep, profound sleep, sound sleep ≈ глубокий, тяжелый сон heavy sleep ≈ тяжелый сон (с тревожными сновидениями) fitful sleep ≈ прерывистый сон light sleep ≈ легкая дрема restful sleep ≈ безмятежный сон
2) спячка
2. гл.
1) а) засыпать, спать to sleep like a log/top ≈ спать мертвым сном б) перен. бездействовать;
казаться неподвижным
2) а) ночевать (at, in) б) разг. предоставлять ночлег My parents can dine and sleep you, ≈ Мои родственники могут предоставить вам стол и ночлег. ∙ sleep around sleep away sleep in sleep off sleep out to sleep on/over a question/problem ≈ отложить решение вопроса до утра сон - sound * крепкий сон - dead * мертвый сон - light * легкий сон - beauty * ранний сон, сон до полуночи - broken * сон урывками;
тревожный сон - paradoxial * парадоксальный сон (со сновидениями) - a * of three hours трехчасовой сон - to sleep the * of the just спать сном праведника - to go to * заснуть - to drop off to * задремать, заснуть - I could not get to * last night сегодня я никак не мог уснуть - to have one's * out хорошенько выспаться - I didn't lose any * over it меня это нисколько не волновало - to put a child to * уложить ребенка - to put smb.'s suspicions to * усыпить чьи-либо подозрения - to get some * соснуть, вздремнуть - not to get enough * не выспаться - he doesn't get much * ему приходится мало спать - he is overcome with * его одолевает сон вечный сон, смерть - the last * смерть - the never ending *, the * that knows no breaking вечный сон, смерть - to put a cat to * (эвфмеизм) усыпить кошку (физиологическое) спячка - winter * зимняя спячка онемение( конечностей) - his leg has gone to * у него онемела нога спать - to * easily спать спокойно - to * a peaceful sleep спать спокойно - to * like a log спать мертвым сном - to * the clock round проспать двенадцать часов подряд - to * with one eye open чутко спать - not to * a wink глаз не сомкнуть - the bed wasn't slept in постель не смята - the sentinel slept at his post часовой заснул на посту - to * beyond one's usual time проспать дольше обычного - he slept through a sermon он проспал всю проповедь - to * oneself sober проспаться после выпивки - to * rough спать на открытом воздухе спать вечным сном, покоиться( в могиле) - the land where our forefathers * земля, где вечным сном спят наши предки ночевать - I shall * in L. tonight сегодня я ночую в Л. (разговорное) предоставлять ночлег, размещать на ночь - we can dine and * you мы можем предоставить вам стол и ночлег - this hotel *s 300 guests в этом отеле могут разместиться 300 человек неметь( о конечностях) (on, upon, over) откладывать решение (дела) до утра - to * on a question отложить решение вопроса до утра казаться неподвижным - a top *s when it moves with such velocity волчок как бы стоит на месте, когда вращается с такой скоростью бездействоать быть спокойным - the blue sea was *ing море спало притихнуть, не проявляться - the emotions * чувства спят - the feuds and animosities are *ing распри и раздоры стихли (with) (разговорное) жить, иметь любовную связь (с кем-либо;
тж. * together) > to * in the bed one has made пожинать то, что посеял > to * on a volcano сидеть на пороховой бочке;
жить как на вулкане to be slept in быть занятым( использованным) для сна;
his bed has not been slept in он не ночевал дома ~ сон;
to go to sleep заснуть;
to get a sleep поспать;
to get enough sleep выспаться;
in one's sleep во сне ~ сон;
to go to sleep заснуть;
to get a sleep поспать;
to get enough sleep выспаться;
in one's sleep во сне to get to ~ заставить себя заснуть;
the last sleep, sleep that knows not breaking вечный сон, смерть ~ сон;
to go to sleep заснуть;
to get a sleep поспать;
to get enough sleep выспаться;
in one's sleep во сне to be slept in быть занятым (использованным) для сна;
his bed has not been slept in он не ночевал дома ~ разг. предоставлять ночлег;
the hotel can sleep 300 men в гостинице может разместиться 300 человек ~ сон;
to go to sleep заснуть;
to get a sleep поспать;
to get enough sleep выспаться;
in one's sleep во сне to get to ~ заставить себя заснуть;
the last sleep, sleep that knows not breaking вечный сон, смерть sleep бездействовать;
sleep away проспать;
to sleep the day away проспать весь день ~ ночевать (at, in) ~ вчт. ожидать ~ покоиться (в могиле) ~ разг. предоставлять ночлег;
the hotel can sleep 300 men в гостинице может разместиться 300 человек ~ сон;
to go to sleep заснуть;
to get a sleep поспать;
to get enough sleep выспаться;
in one's sleep во сне ~ (slept) спать, засыпать;
to sleep with one eye open чутко спать;
to sleep like a log (или top) спать мертвым сном ~ спячка sleep бездействовать;
sleep away проспать;
to sleep the day away проспать весь день ~ in ночевать на работе ~ in спать дольше обычного;
sleep off отоспаться ~ (slept) спать, засыпать;
to sleep with one eye open чутко спать;
to sleep like a log (или top) спать мертвым сном ~ in спать дольше обычного;
sleep off отоспаться ~ oneself out выспаться;
to sleep on (или over) a question (или problem) отложить решение вопроса до утра ~ oneself out выспаться;
to sleep on (или over) a question (или problem) отложить решение вопроса до утра ~ out спать, ночевать не дома to get to ~ заставить себя заснуть;
the last sleep, sleep that knows not breaking вечный сон, смерть to ~ the ~ of the just спать сном праведника;
to sleep the clock round проспать двенадцать часов sleep бездействовать;
sleep away проспать;
to sleep the day away проспать весь день to ~ the ~ of the just спать сном праведника;
to sleep the clock round проспать двенадцать часов ~ (slept) спать, засыпать;
to sleep with one eye open чутко спать;
to sleep like a log (или top) спать мертвым сном
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
Deep Six (novel) — Deep Six … Wikipedia
Deep Fathom — Author(s) James Rollins … Wikipedia
Deep Run High School — Address 4801 Twin Hickory Road Glen Allen, Virginia 23059 … Wikipedia
Deep Throat (The X-Files episode) — Deep Throat The X Files episode Fox Mulder under a UFO Episode no. Season 1 Episode 2 … Wikipedia
Men-at-Arms — Pays Royaume Uni Langue Anglais Genre Histoire milit … Wikipédia en Français
Deep Dickollective — Origin Stanford University, California, United States Genres Hip hop, Homo hop Years active 2000–2008 Labels … Wikipedia
Deep Purple: The Songs That Built Rock Tour — Official tour banner Concert tour by Deep Purple Location … Wikipedia
Men in Black (film) — Men in Black Theatrical poster Directed by Barry Sonnenfeld Produced by … Wikipedia
Men in Black II — Film poster Directed by Barry Sonnenfeld Produced by … Wikipedia
Three 6 Mafia — DJ Paul Juicy J des Three 6 Mafia en 2007. Surnom Triple Six Mafia, Backyard Posse Pays d’origine … Wikipédia en Français
Men's colleges in the United States — are primarily undergraduate, Bachelor s degree granting single sex institutions that admit men exclusively. The most noted men s colleges are traditional liberal arts colleges, though the majority are institutions of learning for those preparing… … Wikipedia